WO2015045556A1 - Communication control device, communication control method, terminal device, and information processing device - Google Patents

Communication control device, communication control method, terminal device, and information processing device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015045556A1
WO2015045556A1 PCT/JP2014/068230 JP2014068230W WO2015045556A1 WO 2015045556 A1 WO2015045556 A1 WO 2015045556A1 JP 2014068230 W JP2014068230 W JP 2014068230W WO 2015045556 A1 WO2015045556 A1 WO 2015045556A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
discovery signal
terminal device
radio frame
communication
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2014/068230
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
高野 裕昭
Original Assignee
ソニー株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ソニー株式会社 filed Critical ソニー株式会社
Priority to CA2923387A priority Critical patent/CA2923387A1/en
Priority to EP14847105.5A priority patent/EP3051850B1/en
Priority to US14/895,262 priority patent/US10531270B2/en
Priority to KR1020167005874A priority patent/KR20160061986A/en
Priority to CN201480051463.9A priority patent/CN105612770B/en
Priority to JP2015538970A priority patent/JP6503556B2/en
Publication of WO2015045556A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015045556A1/en
Priority to PH12016500534A priority patent/PH12016500534B1/en
Priority to US16/669,545 priority patent/US20200092705A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/08Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/005Discovery of network devices, e.g. terminals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/52Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on load
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • H04W76/14Direct-mode setup
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a communication control device, a communication control method, a terminal device, and an information processing device.
  • Inter-device communication is communication in which two or more terminal devices directly transmit and receive signals, unlike general cellular communication in which a base station and terminal devices transmit and receive signals. Therefore, in D2D communication, it is expected that a new usage form of the terminal device will be born, which is different from the general cellular communication. For example, information sharing by data communication between adjacent terminal devices or groups of adjacent terminal devices, information distribution from installed terminal devices, autonomous communication between devices called M2M (Machine to Machine), etc. Application is conceivable.
  • D2D communication may be used for data offloading in response to a significant increase in data traffic due to the recent increase in smartphones. For example, in recent years, the need for transmission / reception of streaming data of moving images has increased rapidly. However, in general, since moving images have a large amount of data, there is a problem that many resources are consumed in a RAN (Radio Access Network). Therefore, if the terminal devices are in a state suitable for D2D communication, such as when the distance between the terminal devices is small, resource consumption and processing in the RAN can be reduced by offloading moving image data to D2D communication. The load can be suppressed. Thus, D2D communication has utility value for both communication carriers and users. Therefore, at present, D2D communication is recognized as one of the important technical fields necessary for LTE (Long Term Evolution) even in the 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project) standardization conference, and is attracting attention.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • 3GPP 3rd Generation Partnership Project
  • Non-Patent Document 1 discloses a use case for D2D communication.
  • the other terminal device that performs D2D communication may We do not know when the signal is transmitted and received. Therefore, for example, the terminal device transmits the discovery signal with high frequency, and the other terminal device performs detection processing for detecting the discovery signal with high frequency. As a result, the load on the other terminal device may increase.
  • a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication and that indicates the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication.
  • a communication control device including an acquisition unit that acquires frame information and a control unit that controls transmission of the radio frame information to a terminal device.
  • a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication, and the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication.
  • a communication control method including obtaining radio frame information to be indicated and controlling transmission of the radio frame information to a terminal device by a processor.
  • a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication, and the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication.
  • a terminal device includes an acquisition unit that acquires the indicated radio frame information and a control unit that controls transmission of the discovery signal based on the radio frame information.
  • an information processing apparatus including a memory that stores a program and one or more processors that can execute the program.
  • the program is a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication, and radio frame information indicating the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication Is obtained, and the transmission of the discovery signal is controlled based on the radio frame information.
  • a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication, and indicates a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs communication between devices.
  • a terminal device includes an acquisition unit that acquires radio frame information and a control unit that controls detection processing for detecting the discovery signal based on the radio frame information.
  • an information processing apparatus including a memory that stores a program and one or more processors that can execute the program.
  • the program includes radio frame information indicating a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication and that transmits a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs communication between devices. It is a program for executing acquisition and controlling detection processing for detecting the discovery signal based on the radio frame information.
  • FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram illustrating an example of a schematic configuration of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a configuration of a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the example of the radio
  • 5 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a communication control process on a base station side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 5 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a first communication control process on the terminal device side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 10 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a second communication control process on the terminal device side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating an example of the correspondence of a radio
  • 14 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a first communication control process on the terminal device side according to a first modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 14 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a second communication control process on the terminal device side according to a first modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 14 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a first communication control process on the terminal device side according to a second modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 14 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a second communication control process on the terminal device side according to a second modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 12 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a communication control process on the base station side according to a third modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a first communication control process on the terminal device side according to a third modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • 14 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a second communication control process on the terminal device side according to a third modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 16 is a sequence diagram illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a communication control process according to a fourth modification example of the embodiment of the present disclosure. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the example of the frequency of the detection process in a connection mode and an idle mode. It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the example of the frequency of the detection process in a coverage, and the detection process in a coverage.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a communication control process on the terminal device side according to a fifth modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure. It is a block diagram which shows the 1st example of the schematic structure of eNB to which the technique which concerns on this indication can be applied. It is a block diagram which shows the 2nd example of the schematic structure of eNB to which the technique which concerns on this indication can be applied. It is a block diagram which shows an example of the schematic structure of the smart phone to which the technique which concerns on this indication can be applied. It is a block diagram which shows an example of a schematic structure of the car navigation apparatus with which the technique which concerns on this indication can be applied.
  • TR 22.803 discloses a use case, but does not disclose a specific means for realizing it.
  • a base station and a terminal device perform wireless communication, but the terminal devices do not perform wireless communication with each other.
  • the terminal devices do not perform wireless communication with each other.
  • Public safety applications include, for example, collision prevention alarms and fire alarms. Since it is assumed that the use of public safety is often related to urgency, the reaction speed is considered to be important in D2D communication.
  • Data offloading by D2D communication can reduce the load on the cellular communication network.
  • D2D communication may be performed within the coverage of the base station or may be performed outside the coverage of the base station. Alternatively, when one terminal device is located within the coverage of the base station and the other terminal device is located outside the coverage, D2D communication may be performed by these terminal devices, see FIG. 1 below. A specific example of a use case will be described.
  • FIG. 1 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an example of D2D communication.
  • a base station 11 and a plurality of terminal devices 21 that is, terminal devices 21A to 21F are shown.
  • the terminal device 21A and the terminal device 21B located in the cell 10 formed by the base station 11 perform D2D communication.
  • Such D2D communication is called D2D communication within coverage.
  • the terminal device 21C and the terminal device 21D located outside the cell 10 perform D2D communication.
  • Such D2D communication is called out-of-coverage D2D communication.
  • a terminal device 21E located inside the cell 10 and a terminal device 21F located outside the cell 10 perform D2D communication.
  • Such D2D communication is called partial coverage D2D communication. From the viewpoint of public safety, D2D communication out of coverage and D2D communication in partial coverage are also important.
  • At least one of the two terminal devices that intend to perform D2D communication is located outside the coverage of the base station (that is, a cell formed by the base station), for example, at least one of the two terminal devices.
  • One transmits a synchronization signal for synchronization in D2D communication.
  • -Discovery Discovery is a process of identifying that a terminal device is near another terminal device.
  • discovery is a process in which a terminal device discovers another terminal device or a terminal device is discovered by another terminal device.
  • Discovery is performed, for example, by transmission / reception of a discovery signal (Discovery Signal) that enables another device to discover a device that performs D2D communication. More specifically, for example, one of the two terminal devices transmits a discovery signal, and the other terminal device of the two terminal devices receives the discovery signal. Then, the other terminal device attempts to communicate with the one terminal device.
  • a discovery signal Discovery Signal
  • the discovery signal is appropriately detected when the two terminal devices that are to perform D2D communication are synchronized in advance before transmission and reception of the discovery signal.
  • the discovery signal transmitted by the two terminal devices is a signal transmitted and received between the base station and the terminal device. It is required not to collide with. Therefore, for example, according to control by the base station, one of the two devices attempting to perform D2D communication can transmit a discovery signal.
  • the discovery signal is transmitted by a contention based method.
  • different methods may be adopted for each of the D2D communication within the coverage and the D2D communication outside the coverage.
  • the contention-based method means a method designed on the premise of signal collision such as random access.
  • each terminal device transmits a signal based on its own judgment.
  • a technique in which signal transmission by a terminal device is controlled by any control station is not a contention-based technique.
  • Radio resource for D2D communication When D2D communication is performed within the coverage of the base station, it is not allowed to interfere with radio communication between the base station and the terminal device. Therefore, it is conceivable that a frame format for wireless communication between the base station and the terminal device is used as a frame format in D2D communication.
  • a radio frame and a subframe are used as a unit of time in D2D communication.
  • the radio frame has a length of 10 ms
  • the subframe has a length of 1 ms.
  • a specific subframe in a radio frame is released as a radio resource for D2D communication.
  • a resource block is used as a unit of radio resources in D2D communication.
  • the resource block is a radio resource that covers 12 subcarriers in the frequency direction and covers 7 OFDM symbols in the time direction.
  • D2D communication when D2D communication is performed outside the coverage of the base station, it may be considered that the possibility that the D2D communication interferes with the wireless communication between the base station and the terminal device is low.
  • the radio resource of any subframe of the uplink radio resources is D2D. It can be used for communication. This is because, in the uplink, if no radio resource is allocated to any terminal apparatus in the subframe, no signal is transmitted in the subframe. On the other hand, on the downlink, even if no radio resource is assigned to any terminal apparatus, a reference signal is transmitted in any subframe. Therefore, on the downlink, the D2D communication signal and the reference signal may collide.
  • the load As a load on a terminal device related to discovery, there are a load of transmission of a discovery signal and a load of detection processing of a discovery signal.
  • the load here may include a load in terms of power consumption, a load in terms of processing complexity, and the like.
  • FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram illustrating an example of a schematic configuration of the communication system 1 according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the communication system 1 includes a base station 100 and a plurality of terminal devices 100.
  • the communication system 1 is, for example, a system that complies with LTE, LTE-Advanced, or a communication method based on these.
  • the base station 100 performs wireless communication with the terminal device 200.
  • the base station 100 performs wireless communication with the terminal device 200 located in the cell 10.
  • the terminal device 200 performs wireless communication with the base station 100.
  • the terminal device 200 performs wireless communication with the base station 100 when located in the cell 10.
  • the terminal device 200 performs D2D communication with another terminal device 200.
  • the terminal device 200 when the terminal device 200 is located within the cell 10 (that is, the coverage of the base station 100), the terminal device 200 performs D2D communication within the coverage with another terminal device 200 located within the cell 10. Further, when the terminal device 200 is located in the cell 10, the terminal device 200 may perform D2D communication with partial coverage with another terminal device 200 located outside the cell 10. In addition, when the terminal device 200 is located outside the cell 10, the terminal device 200 may perform out-of-coverage D2D communication with another terminal device 200 located outside the cell 10, and the other terminal device located within the cell 10. Partial D2D communication with 200 may be performed.
  • a frame format for wireless communication between a base station and a terminal device is used as a frame format for D2D communication.
  • a radio frame and a subframe are used as a unit of time in D2D communication.
  • OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • resource blocks are used as units of radio resources.
  • the resource block is a radio resource that covers 12 subcarriers in the frequency direction and covers 7 OFDM symbols in the time direction.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating an exemplary configuration of the base station 100 according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the base station 100 includes an antenna unit 110, a wireless communication unit 120, a network communication unit 130, a storage unit 140, and a processing unit 150.
  • the antenna unit 110 radiates the signal output from the wireless communication unit 120 to space as a radio wave. Further, the antenna unit 110 converts radio waves in space into a signal and outputs the signal to the wireless communication unit 120.
  • the wireless communication unit 120 performs wireless communication. For example, the radio communication unit 120 transmits a downlink signal to the terminal device 200 located in the cell 10 and receives an uplink signal from the terminal device 200 located in the cell 10.
  • Network communication unit 130 The network communication unit 130 communicates with other communication nodes. For example, the network communication unit 130 communicates with the core network and other base stations.
  • Storage unit 140 The storage unit 140 temporarily or permanently stores a program and data for the operation of the base station 100.
  • the processing unit 150 provides various functions of the base station 100.
  • the processing unit 150 includes an information acquisition unit 151 and a communication control unit 153.
  • the information acquisition unit 151 acquires information for control by the communication control unit 153.
  • the information acquisition unit 151 acquires radio frame information indicating a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal.
  • the radio frame is a unit time of cellular communication.
  • the discovery signal is a signal that allows another device to discover a device that performs D2D communication.
  • the radio frame information indicates, for example, a system frame number (SFN) of the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal.
  • SFN system frame number
  • FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an example of a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal.
  • a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal is a radio frame that arrives every period 31. That is, in this example, the period 31 is 10 radio frames (that is, 100 ms), and the radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal is a radio frame having an SFN that is an integer multiple of 10 (SFN is 0, 10, 20). And so on).
  • the discovery signal can be transmitted in such a period 31 when the reaction speed required for public safety applications is 0.1 seconds (ie, 100 ms).
  • the radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal is determined in advance, for example, and radio frame information indicating the radio frame is stored in the storage unit 140.
  • the information acquisition unit 151 acquires the radio frame information from the storage unit 140.
  • the radio frame information is included in system information, and the system information including the radio frame information is stored in the storage unit 140. Then, the information acquisition unit 151 acquires the system information including the radio frame information from the storage unit 140.
  • the information acquisition unit 151 receives the information from the other device via the network communication unit 130, for example.
  • the radio frame information may be acquired.
  • the radio frame information may indicate the SFN by including the SFN itself of the radio frame in which the discovery signal is transmitted, and information for identifying the SFN (for example, an SFN cycle or an SFN condition)
  • the SFN may be indicated by including
  • the communication control unit 153 performs control related to wireless communication.
  • the communication control unit 153 controls transmission of the radio frame information to the terminal device 200.
  • the radio frame information is transmitted as part of the system information. That is, the communication control unit 153 controls transmission of the radio frame information to the terminal device 200 so that the radio frame information is transmitted as part of the system information. As a specific process, for example, the communication control unit 153 maps the system information including the radio frame information to the radio resource allocated to the system information. As a result, the radio resource information is transmitted as part of the system information. Note that the radio frame information may be transmitted by individual signaling to the terminal device 200 instead of being transmitted as part of the system information.
  • the terminal device 200 can quickly and reliably detect the discovery signal. can do. Therefore, the terminal device 200 may not perform the detection process on a signal transmitted in a radio frame other than the radio frame. That is, the terminal device 200 does not have to perform the detection process frequently in order to quickly and reliably detect the discovery signal. Therefore, the load required for the discovery signal detection process can be suppressed.
  • the terminal device 200 may transmit the discovery signal in a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal, and may not transmit the discovery signal in a radio frame other than the radio frame. That is, the terminal device 200 does not need to transmit the discovery signal at a high frequency in order for the other terminal device 200 to quickly and reliably detect the discovery signal. Therefore, the load required for transmitting the discovery signal can be suppressed.
  • the base station transmits the paging message at a high frequency for all the terminal devices.
  • the radio frame for receiving the discovery signal may be common among the terminal devices 200, the terminal device 200 may not transmit the discovery signal with high frequency. That is, the radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal may not appear as frequently as the paging frame. Therefore, the load required for transmitting the discovery signal can be suppressed.
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram illustrating an exemplary configuration of the terminal device 200 according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the terminal device 200 includes an antenna unit 210, a wireless communication unit 220, a storage unit 230, an input unit 240, a display unit 250, and a processing unit 260.
  • the antenna unit 210 radiates the signal output from the wireless communication unit 220 to the space as a radio wave. Further, the antenna unit 210 converts a radio wave in the space into a signal and outputs the signal to the wireless communication unit 220.
  • the wireless communication unit 220 performs wireless communication. For example, when the terminal device 200 is located in the cell 10, the radio communication unit 220 receives a downlink signal from the base station 100 and transmits an uplink signal to the base station 100. For example, the radio communication unit 220 receives a signal from another terminal device 200 and transmits a signal to the other terminal device 200 in the D2D communication.
  • the storage unit 230 temporarily or permanently stores programs and data for the operation of the terminal device 200.
  • the input unit 240 receives input from the user of the terminal device 200. Then, the input unit 240 provides the input result to the processing unit 260.
  • the display unit 250 displays an output screen (that is, an output image) from the terminal device 200.
  • the display unit 250 displays an output screen in accordance with control by the processing unit 260 (display control unit 265).
  • the processing unit 260 provides various functions of the terminal device 200.
  • the processing unit 260 includes an information acquisition unit 261, a communication control unit 263, and a display control unit 265.
  • the information acquisition unit 261 acquires information for control by the communication control unit 263.
  • the information acquisition unit 261 acquires radio frame information indicating a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal.
  • the specific contents of the radio frame information are as described above.
  • the radio frame information is transmitted by the base station 100 as part of the system information.
  • the information acquisition unit 261 acquires the radio frame information included in the system information.
  • radio frame information may be transmitted by individual signaling to the terminal device 200 instead of being transmitted as part of the system information. Further, the radio frame information may not be transmitted by the base station 100 but may be stored in advance in the terminal device 200 (storage unit 230). This also applies to each modified example of the embodiment of the present disclosure described later.
  • the communication control unit 263 performs control related to wireless communication of the terminal device 200.
  • Control for transmission of discovery signal For example, the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal as a transmission side of the discovery signal.
  • the communication control unit 263 controls transmission of discovery signals based on the radio frame information.
  • the communication control unit 263 transmits the discovery signal in the radio frame indicated by the radio frame information, and the discovery signal is transmitted in other radio frames.
  • the discovery signal transmission is controlled so as not to be transmitted.
  • the communication control unit 263 transmits a discovery signal in a radio frame having an SFN that is an integer multiple of 10 (a radio frame having an SFN of 0, 10, 20, or the like), and transmits other radio signals.
  • the discovery signal transmission is controlled so that the discovery signal is not transmitted in the frame.
  • the discovery signal is transmitted using, for example, a predetermined radio resource (for example, a predetermined resource block of a predetermined subframe) in the radio frame indicated by the radio frame information.
  • the communication control unit 263 maps the discovery signal to a predetermined radio resource in the radio frame indicated by the radio frame information.
  • the discovery signal is transmitted using the predetermined radio resource in the radio frame indicated by the radio frame information.
  • the terminal device 200 performs detection processing for detecting a discovery signal as a discovery signal reception side.
  • the communication control unit 263 controls detection processing for detecting a discovery signal based on the radio frame information.
  • the communication control unit 263 performs the above process on the signal transmitted in the radio frame indicated by the radio frame information.
  • the detection process is controlled so that the detection process is not performed on signals transmitted in other radio frames.
  • the communication control unit 263 detects the above-described detection with respect to a signal transmitted in a radio frame having an SFN that is an integer multiple of 10 (a radio frame having an SFN of 0, 10, 20, etc.).
  • the detection process is controlled so that the process is performed and the detection process is not performed on a signal transmitted in another radio frame.
  • the detection process is performed on a signal transmitted with a predetermined radio resource (for example, a predetermined resource block of a predetermined subframe) in the radio frame indicated by the radio frame information.
  • a predetermined radio resource for example, a predetermined resource block of a predetermined subframe
  • the communication control unit 263 determines whether a sequence of signals transmitted with a predetermined radio resource in the radio frame indicated by the radio frame information matches a discovery signal sequence. A discovery signal is detected when these sequences match, and no discovery signal is detected when these sequences do not match.
  • the communication control unit 263 may control transmission of system information including a system frame number (SFN). That is, the terminal device 200 may transmit system information including SFN according to control by the communication control unit 263. As an example, the terminal device 200 may transmit an MIB (Master Information Block) including SFN in accordance with control by the communication control unit 263.
  • MIB Master Information Block
  • the SFN is shared between the two or more terminal devices 200. Is possible.
  • the display control unit 265 controls display of the output screen by the display unit 250. For example, the display control unit 265 generates an output screen displayed by the display unit 250 and causes the display unit 250 to display the output screen.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of communication control processing on the base station side according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the information acquisition unit 151 acquires system information including radio frame information indicating a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal (S401).
  • the base station 100 transmits the system information including the radio frame information according to the control by the communication control unit 153 (S403). Then, the process ends.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of the first communication control process on the terminal device side according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the first communication control process is a process performed when the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal.
  • the terminal device 200 transmits the discovery signal in the radio frame according to the control by the communication control unit 263 (S503). . Then, the system frame number is incremented (S505), and the process is repeated.
  • the radio frame is not a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal (S501: No)
  • the discovery signal is not transmitted.
  • the system frame number is incremented (S505), and the process is repeated.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of the second communication control process on the terminal device side according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the second communication control process is a process performed when the terminal device 200 performs a detection process for detecting a discovery signal.
  • the terminal device 200 When the radio frame is a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal (S601: Yes), the terminal device 200 responds to the signal transmitted in the radio frame according to the control by the communication control unit 263. A detection process for detecting a discovery signal is performed (S603). Then, the system frame number is incremented (S605), and the process is repeated.
  • the radio frame is not a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal (S601: No)
  • the detection process is not performed on the signal transmitted in the radio frame. Then, the system frame number is incremented (S605), and the process is repeated.
  • each of the plurality of radio frames to which the discovery signal is transmitted corresponds to any one of two or more meanings. Then, the transmission-side terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal in a radio frame corresponding to the meaning to be notified, and the reception-side terminal device 200 has a meaning corresponding to the radio frame when the discovery signal is detected.
  • the receiving-side terminal device 200 can identify the meaning to be notified by the transmitting-side terminal device 200 only by transmitting and receiving a discovery signal. Therefore, it becomes possible to transmit the meaning quickly. More specifically, for example, in D2D communication, when data indicating meaning is transmitted / received after a connection is established through a plurality of transactions, the time required to transmit the meaning becomes long. On the other hand, when a discovery signal is transmitted and received in a radio frame corresponding to the meaning, the time required for transmitting the meaning is shortened. Therefore, the transmission of meaning becomes quick. In addition, since the urgency is high when the use of D2D communication is a use of public safety, such rapid transmission of meaning is particularly effective.
  • the radio frame information indicates a plurality of radio frames for transmitting a discovery signal.
  • the radio frame information indicates a radio frame having an SFN that is an integer multiple of 10 (a radio frame having an SFN of 0, 10, 20, or the like).
  • each of the plurality of radio frames corresponds to any one of two or more meanings.
  • the two or more meanings include, for example, meanings related to public safety.
  • a specific example of the correspondence between the radio frame and the meaning will be described with reference to FIG.
  • FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an example of a correspondence relationship between a radio frame and a meaning. Referring to FIG. 9, the correspondence between meanings and radio frames is shown. For example, radio frames with SFN of 100, 200, and 300 correspond to the meaning of fire alarm, and radio frames with SFN of 500, 600, and 700 correspond to the meaning of theft alarm.
  • the example of the meaning shown in FIG. 9 can also be said to be an application of D2D communication.
  • each of the two or more meanings may coincide with the application of D2D communication.
  • the radio frame information further indicates which of the two or more meanings corresponds to each of the plurality of radio frames.
  • the radio frame information indicates a correspondence relationship as shown in FIG. 9, for example. Accordingly, for example, the terminal device 200 can know the correspondence relationship in advance.
  • the radio frame information is a combination of information indicating the plurality of radio frames and information indicating which of the two or more meanings each of the plurality of radio frames corresponds to. Information may be included as separate information, or may be included as separate information.
  • Base station 100 communication control unit 153
  • the communication control unit 153 controls transmission of the radio frame information to the terminal device 200.
  • the radio frame information includes information indicating the plurality of radio frames and information indicating which of the two or more meanings corresponds to each of the plurality of radio frames. , May be included as separate information.
  • the communication control unit 153 may control the transmission of the radio frame information so that the separate information is transmitted separately, and the radio frame so that the separate information is transmitted collectively. Information transmission may be controlled.
  • Terminal device 200 communication control unit 263
  • the communication control unit 263 transmits the discovery signal so that the discovery signal is transmitted in a radio frame corresponding to the meaning to be notified among the plurality of radio frames. Control transmission of
  • a discovery signal is transmitted in a radio frame with SFN of 100, 200, and 300 according to control by the communication control unit 263.
  • a discovery signal is transmitted in a radio frame with SFN of 500, 600, and 700 in accordance with control by the communication control unit 263.
  • the communication control unit 263 applies the detected discovery signal to the radio frame transmitted from the plurality of radio frames. Identify the corresponding meaning.
  • the communication control unit 263 when a discovery signal is detected in a radio frame having an SFN of 100, 200, or 300, the communication control unit 263 identifies a fire alarm as meaning corresponding to the radio frame. To do. When the discovery signal is detected in a radio frame having an SFN of 500, 600, or 700, the communication control unit 263 identifies a theft alarm as meaning corresponding to the radio frame.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of the first communication control process on the terminal device side according to the first modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the first communication control process is a process performed when the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal.
  • the terminal device 200 uses the communication control unit. In response to control by H.263, a discovery signal is transmitted in the radio frame (S515). Then, the system frame number is incremented (S517), and the process is repeated.
  • the radio frame is not a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal (S511: No), or when the radio frame is not a radio frame corresponding to the meaning to be notified (S513: No), the discovery signal is not transmitted. . Then, the system frame number is incremented (S517), and the process is repeated.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of the second communication control process on the terminal device side according to the first modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the second communication control process is a process performed after the terminal device 200 detects a discovery signal.
  • the communication control unit 263 acquires the SFN of the radio frame in which the discovery signal is detected (S611).
  • the communication control part 263 identifies the meaning corresponding to the radio
  • the terminal device 200 on the transmission side transmits a discovery signal at a frequency according to the use of D2D communication. Further, the terminal device 200 on the receiving side performs detection processing for detecting a discovery signal at a frequency according to the use of D2D communication.
  • the time required for discovery may vary depending on the application of D2D communication (for example, a collision alarm, a fire alarm, a burglar alarm, etc.).
  • D2D communication for example, a collision alarm, the time required for discovery is required to be within the first time.
  • discovery is performed. The time required is required to be within a second time longer than the first time.
  • the terminal device performs D2D communication for a fire alarm, Therefore, when D2D communication is not performed, the discovery signal is transmitted or detected more frequently than necessary.
  • the radio frame information indicates a plurality of radio frames for transmitting a discovery signal at a frequency corresponding to the application for each application of D2D communication.
  • the above-mentioned radio frame information indicates a discovery signal transmission cycle corresponding to the application for each application of D2D communication. That is, the radio frame information indicates a radio frame for transmission at a frequency according to the application by indicating a period according to the application.
  • the radio frame information indicates a radio frame for transmission at a frequency according to the application by indicating a period according to the application.
  • FIG. 12 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an example of a discovery signal transmission cycle according to the application of D2D communication.
  • a first cycle 33 of discovery signal transmission and a second cycle 35 of discovery signal transmission are shown.
  • the first period 33 is a period when the application of D2D communication is a collision alarm, and is 100 ms (10 radio frames).
  • the second period 35 is a period when the application of D2D communication is a fire alarm, and is 300 ms (30 radio frames). In this way, discovery signals are transmitted at a period according to the application of D2D communication.
  • the second modification is not limited to such an example.
  • the discovery signal may not be transmitted periodically (that is, at regular intervals) but may be transmitted at irregular intervals.
  • Terminal device 200 communication control unit 263
  • the communication control unit 263 controls the transmission of the discovery signal so that the discovery signal is transmitted at a frequency according to the use of the D2D communication.
  • the communication control unit 263 controls transmission of the discovery signal so that the discovery signal is transmitted at a period according to the use of the D2D communication.
  • the terminal device 200 performs discovery in the first period 33 according to control by the communication control unit 263.
  • Send a signal That is, the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal every 10 radio frames (every 100 ms).
  • the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal in the second period 35 in accordance with control by the communication control unit 263.
  • the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal every 30 radio frames (every 300 ms). Note that when the application of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 includes both a collision alarm and a fire alarm, the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal in the first period 33 and the second period 35.
  • D2D communication is decided according to the application which requests
  • the communication control unit 263 performs the detection process so that the detection process for detecting the discovery signal is performed at a frequency according to the use of the D2D communication. Control.
  • the communication control unit 263 controls the detection process so that the detection process is performed at a cycle according to the use of D2D communication.
  • the terminal device 200 performs the above operation in the first period 33 according to the control by the communication control unit 263. Perform detection processing. That is, the terminal device 200 performs the detection process every 10 radio frames (every 100 ms).
  • the terminal device 200 performs the detection process in the second period 35 in accordance with control by the communication control unit 263. That is, the terminal device 200 performs the detection process every 30 radio frames (every 300 ms).
  • the application of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 includes both a collision alarm and a fire alarm
  • the terminal device 200 performs the detection process in the first period 33 and the second period 35.
  • D2D communication for example, a collision alarm, a fire alarm, a burglar alarm, or the like
  • D2D communication for example, a collision alarm, a fire alarm, a burglar alarm, or the like
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a first communication control process on the terminal device side according to a second modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the first communication control process is a process performed when the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal.
  • the radio frame is a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal (S521: Yes) and a period corresponding to the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 arrives (S523: Yes)
  • the terminal device 200 Transmits a discovery signal in the radio frame in accordance with control by the communication control unit 263 (S525). Then, the system frame number is incremented (S527), and the process is repeated.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a second communication control process on the terminal device side according to a second modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the second communication control process is a process performed when the terminal device 200 performs a detection process for detecting a discovery signal.
  • the radio frame is a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal (S621: Yes) and a period corresponding to the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 arrives (S623: Yes)
  • the terminal device 200 In response to control by the communication control unit 263, detection processing for detecting a discovery signal is performed on the signal transmitted in the radio frame (S625). Then, the system frame number is incremented (S627), and the process is repeated.
  • the radio frame is not a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal (S621: No), or when a period corresponding to the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 does not arrive (S623: No), The detection process is not performed on the signal transmitted in the radio frame. Then, the system frame number is incremented (S627), and the process is repeated.
  • the transmission-side terminal device 200 transmits information to be notified using a predetermined radio resource after transmitting the discovery signal. Also, the receiving-side terminal device 200 acquires information received by the predetermined radio resource after detecting the discovery signal.
  • a radio frame corresponds to one of the meanings as in the first modification
  • it is possible to quickly transmit the meaning by transmitting and receiving a discovery signal. Is difficult to communicate.
  • the time required for transmitting the detailed information becomes longer. Therefore, by transmitting and receiving information to be notified using a predetermined radio resource after the discovery signal, it becomes possible to quickly transmit detailed information.
  • D2D communication when D2D communication is used for data offloading, a large amount of data is transmitted and received by D2D communication, so establishing a connection is effective. However, D2D communication is used for public safety. In some cases, the urgency is often high, so the method according to the third modification is effective.
  • the information acquisition unit 151 further acquires radio resource information indicating a predetermined radio resource for transmitting information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal.
  • the radio resource information indicates a plurality of predetermined radio resources for transmitting information to be notified after the discovery signal is transmitted.
  • a specific example of a plurality of predetermined radio resources for transmitting information to be notified will be described with reference to FIG.
  • FIG. 15 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an example of a plurality of predetermined radio resources for transmitting information to be notified.
  • a radio resource 41 for transmitting a discovery signal and a plurality of predetermined radio resources 43 (that is, radio resources 43A to 43J) for transmitting information to be notified are shown.
  • the predetermined plurality of radio resources 43 are located after the radio resources 41 in the time direction.
  • the radio resource 41 is located at a fixed time in the radio frame, and is located in a fixed band in the entire frequency band.
  • Each of the predetermined radio resources 43 is also located at a fixed time in the radio frame and is located in a fixed band in the entire frequency band.
  • the radio resource 41 is a radio resource including, for example, one or more resource elements or one or more resource blocks. It is. Further, each of the radio resources 43A to 43J is a radio resource including one or more resource blocks, for example. Note that although an example in which a plurality of predetermined radio resources 43A to 43J are arranged in the time direction has been described, the embodiment of the present disclosure is not limited to such an example.
  • the predetermined radio resources 43A to 43J may be arranged in the frequency direction, or may be discretely located in the frequency direction and / or the time direction.
  • the predetermined plural radio resources are determined in advance, for example, and radio resource information indicating the plural predetermined radio resources is stored in the storage unit 140.
  • the information acquisition unit 151 acquires the radio resource information from the storage unit 140.
  • the radio resource information is included in system information, and the system information including the radio resource information is stored in the storage unit 140. Then, the information acquisition unit 151 acquires the system information including the radio resource information from the storage unit 140.
  • the information acquisition unit 151 receives the information from the other device via the network communication unit 130, for example.
  • the radio resource information may be acquired.
  • Base station 100 communication control unit 153
  • the communication control unit 153 controls transmission of the radio resource information to the terminal device 200.
  • the radio resource information is transmitted as part of the system information. That is, the communication control unit 153 controls transmission of the radio resource information to the terminal device 200 so that the radio resource information is transmitted as part of the system information. As a specific process, for example, the communication control unit 153 maps the system information including the radio resource information to the radio resource allocated to the system information. Thereby, the radio resource information is transmitted as part of the system information. Note that the radio resource information may be transmitted by individual signaling to the terminal device 200 instead of being transmitted as part of the system information.
  • the information acquisition unit 261 acquires radio resource information indicating a predetermined radio resource for transmitting information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal.
  • the specific contents of the radio frame information are as described above.
  • the radio resource information is transmitted by the base station 100 as part of the system information.
  • the information acquisition unit 261 acquires the radio resource information included in the system information.
  • the radio resource may be transmitted by individual signaling to the terminal device 200 instead of being transmitted as part of the system information.
  • wireless resource information may not be transmitted by the base station 100, but may be previously memorize
  • Terminal device 200 communication control unit 263
  • the communication control unit 263 transmits the information to be notified so that the information to be notified is transmitted by a predetermined radio resource after the discovery signal is transmitted. To control.
  • the discovery signal has a common signal sequence between the terminal devices 200. Then, the communication control unit 263 controls the transmission of the information to be notified so that the information to be notified is transmitted using any one of a plurality of predetermined radio resources after the discovery signal is transmitted. .
  • the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal using the radio resource 41, and then notifies it using one of the radio resources 43A to 43J. To send information.
  • the terminal device 200 transmits information to be notified using the radio resource 43A.
  • another terminal device 200 can also transmit a discovery signal using the radio resource 41, and thereafter transmit information to be notified using any one of the radio resources 43A to 43J.
  • both the terminal device 200 and another terminal device 200 transmit a discovery signal using the same radio resource 41, but the discovery signal is appropriately detected by the receiving-side terminal device 200.
  • the correlator appropriately detects the discovery signal in the same manner as the detection of the reflected wave.
  • another terminal device 200 transmits information to be notified using a radio resource other than the radio resource 43A among the radio resources 43A to 43J. Then, the information to be notified transmitted by the terminal device 200 and the information to be notified transmitted by another terminal device 200 are appropriately received and acquired by the terminal device 200 on the receiving side.
  • the discovery signal has a common signal sequence between the terminal devices 200, and information to be notified is transmitted using any one of a plurality of predetermined radio resources.
  • the receiving-side terminal device can appropriately detect the discovery signal, and the information to be notified Is appropriately received and acquired by the terminal device on the receiving side.
  • the communication control unit 263 determines that the radio resource to which the information to be notified is transmitted from any one of the plurality of predetermined radio resources each time the discovery signal is transmitted.
  • the transmission of the information to be notified is controlled so as to change to another radio resource among the plurality of radio resources.
  • the terminal device 200 in response to control by the communication control unit 263, transmits a discovery signal using the radio resource 41 in a radio frame that transmits a discovery signal, and then transmits the radio resource 43A. Then, the information to be notified is transmitted. Further, in accordance with the control by the communication control unit 263, the terminal device 200 transmits the discovery signal by the wireless resource 41 in the next wireless frame for transmitting the discovery signal, and then any one of the wireless resources 43B to 43J. Then, the information to be notified is transmitted.
  • the communication control unit 263 selects the i-th radio resource from among a plurality of predetermined radio resources as a radio resource for transmitting the information to be notified by the following formula, thereby discovering the radio resource. It can be changed for each signal transmission.
  • X is the SFN of the radio frame in which the discovery signal is transmitted.
  • y is the ID of the terminal device 200 (for example, a unique ID in a SIM (Subscriber Identification Module) or C-RNTI (Cell-RadioioNetwork Temporary Identifier)).
  • Z is the number of radio resources of a predetermined plurality of radio resources. Note that the communication control unit 263 may select a radio resource for transmitting the information to be notified, using a random number or the like instead of the above-described mathematical expression.
  • the communication control unit 263 after detecting the discovery signal, the communication control unit 263 receives information received by a predetermined radio resource for transmitting information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal. To get.
  • the communication control unit 263 acquires information received by each of a plurality of predetermined radio resources for transmitting information to be notified after the discovery signal is transmitted.
  • the terminal device 200 performs a detection process on a signal transmitted by the radio resource 41 in accordance with control by the communication control unit 263 and detects a discovery signal. Then, the communication control unit 263 acquires information received by each of the radio resources 43A to 43J. For example, information received by any of the radio resources 43A to 43J is information to be notified by the other terminal device 200 that has transmitted the discovery signal. Therefore, the communication control unit 263 acquires the information to be notified.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of communication control processing on the base station side according to the third modification example of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the information acquisition unit 151 acquires system information including radio resource information indicating a plurality of predetermined radio resources for transmitting information to be notified after transmission of a discovery signal (S431).
  • the base station 100 transmits the system information including the radio resource information according to the control by the communication control unit 153 (S433). Then, the process ends.
  • FIG. 17 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of the first communication control process on the terminal device side according to the third modification example of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the first communication control process is a process performed when the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal and information to be notified.
  • the communication control unit 263 selects a radio frame in which information to be notified is transmitted from a plurality of predetermined radio resources (S531).
  • the radio frame is not a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal (S533: No)
  • the discovery signal is not transmitted. Then, the system frame number is incremented (S534), and the process returns to step S533.
  • the terminal device 200 transmits the discovery signal in the radio frame according to the control by the communication control unit 263 ( S535). Furthermore, the terminal device 200 transmits information to be notified using the selected radio resource in accordance with control by the communication control unit 263 (S537). Then, the system frame number is incremented (S539), and the process returns to step S531.
  • FIG. 18 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of the second communication control process on the terminal device side according to the third modification example of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the second communication control process is a process performed after the terminal device 200 detects a discovery signal.
  • the terminal device 200 receives information on each of a plurality of predetermined radio resources (S631).
  • the communication control part 263 acquires the information received by each of the said predetermined some radio
  • the base station 100 transmits individual transmission information related to a radio frame for the terminal device 200 to transmit a discovery signal by each of one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area. Then, the individual transmission information is acquired. Then, the one or more terminal devices 200 transmit aggregate transmission information related to a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal.
  • the detection process can be performed with a necessary and sufficient radio frame. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the load on the terminal device 200.
  • the terminal device 200 when none of the terminal devices 200 located in the area transmits a discovery signal for a collision warning, the above detection processing is performed with a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal for a collision warning. It is useless for the terminal device 200 that performs the detection process in the region. Therefore, by transmitting the aggregate transmission information to the terminal device 200, the terminal device 200 can identify necessary and sufficient radio frames to be subjected to the detection process. Therefore, the load on the terminal device 200 can be suppressed.
  • the base station 100 includes one or more terminal devices 200 that are located in the area and that have individual detection information related to a radio frame subjected to detection processing for the terminal device 200 to detect a discovery signal. The individual detection information is acquired. Then, the one or more terminal devices 200 transmit aggregate detection information related to a radio frame for performing the detection process.
  • the terminal device 200 located in the area can transmit the discovery signal in a necessary and sufficient radio frame when transmitting the discovery signal. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the load on the terminal device 200.
  • the discovery signal is transmitted in a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal for collision warning.
  • the transmission is useless for the terminal device 200 that transmits a discovery signal within the above-described region. Therefore, by transmitting the aggregate detection information to the terminal device 200, the terminal device 200 can identify a necessary and sufficient radio frame to which a discovery signal should be transmitted. Therefore, the load on the terminal device 200 can be suppressed.
  • the information acquisition unit 151 includes one or more pieces of individual transmission information related to a radio frame for the terminal device 200 to transmit a discovery signal. When transmitted by each of the terminal devices 200, the individual transmission information is acquired.
  • the area is, for example, the coverage of the base station 100 (that is, the cell 10). Note that the area may be a smaller area included in the coverage (for example, one of a plurality of sectors included in the cell 10, an area corresponding to a beam formed by beam forming, or the like).
  • a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal is predetermined for each use of D2D communication.
  • the individual transmission information is information indicating the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200.
  • the individual transmission information is not limited to information indicating the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200, and may be other information.
  • the individual transmission information may be information indicating a discovery signal transmission cycle by the terminal device 200. As a result, it becomes possible to know in what cycle the terminal device 200 that has transmitted the individual transmission information transmits the discovery signal from the individual transmission information, and as a result, the terminal device 200 that has transmitted the individual transmission information. Can know which radio frame transmits the discovery signal.
  • the information acquisition unit 151 indicates that individual detection information related to a radio frame for performing detection processing for the terminal device 200 to detect a discovery signal is an area. When transmitted by each of the one or more terminal devices 200 located within, the individual detection information is acquired.
  • the area is, for example, the coverage of the base station 100 (that is, the cell 10). Note that the area may be a smaller area included in the coverage.
  • a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal is predetermined for each use of D2D communication.
  • the said individual detection information is information which shows the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200, for example. Thereby, it can be understood from the individual detection information in which radio frame the terminal device 200 that has transmitted the individual detection information performs the detection process.
  • the individual detection information is not limited to information indicating the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200, and may be other information.
  • the individual detection information may be information indicating the period of the detection process performed by the terminal device 200.
  • Base station 100 communication control unit 153
  • the communication control unit 153 performs aggregation related to a radio frame for transmitting one or more terminal devices 200 that provide the individual transmission information to transmit a discovery signal. Control transmission of transmission information.
  • the aggregate transmission information is formed by aggregating information indicated by the individual transmission information provided by the one or more terminal devices 200, for example. Then, the generated aggregate transmission information is transmitted to the terminal device 200 in the area under the control of the communication control unit 153.
  • a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal is predetermined for each use of D2D communication.
  • the aggregate transmission information is information indicating the use of D2D communication for the one or more terminal devices 200. Thereby, it can be understood from the aggregated transmission information in which radio frame one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area transmit the discovery signal.
  • the aggregate transmission information is not limited to information indicating the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200, and may be other information.
  • the aggregate transmission information may be information indicating a discovery signal transmission cycle by one or more terminal devices 200 in the region. As a result, it becomes possible to know in what cycle one or more terminal devices 200 located in the region transmit the discovery signal from the aggregate transmission information, and as a result, one or more terminal devices in the region. It becomes possible to know which radio frame 200 transmits the discovery signal.
  • the communication control unit 153 relates to a radio frame for one or more terminal devices 200 providing the individual detection information to perform the detection process. Control transmission of aggregated detection information.
  • the aggregate detection information is generated by, for example, aggregating information indicated by the individual detection information provided by the one or more terminal devices 200. Then, the generated aggregated detection signal information is transmitted to the terminal device 200 in the area under the control of the communication control unit 153.
  • a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal is predetermined for each use of D2D communication.
  • the aggregate detection information is information indicating the use of D2D communication for the one or more terminal devices 200.
  • the aggregate detection information is not limited to information indicating the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200, and may be other information.
  • the aggregate detection information may be information indicating the period of the detection process performed by one or more terminal devices 200 in the area.
  • the information acquisition unit 261 acquires individual transmission information related to a radio frame for the terminal device 200 to transmit a discovery signal.
  • the individual transmission information is stored in advance in the storage unit 230. Then, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires the individual transmission information from the storage unit 230.
  • the information acquisition unit 261 acquires individual detection information related to a radio frame for performing detection processing for the terminal device 200 to detect a discovery signal.
  • the individual detection information is stored in advance in the storage unit 230. Then, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires the individual detection information from the storage unit 230.
  • the information acquisition unit 261 includes the aggregated transmission information related to a radio frame for transmitting one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area to transmit a discovery signal. To get.
  • the aggregate transmission information is transmitted by the base station 100 and received by the terminal device 200. Then, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires the received aggregate transmission information.
  • the information acquisition unit 261 includes the aggregation detection information related to a radio frame for one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area to perform the detection process. To get.
  • the aggregate detection information is transmitted by the base station 100 and received by the terminal device 200. Then, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires the received aggregate detection information.
  • Terminal device 200 communication control unit 263
  • Control Regarding Transmission of Discovery Transmission of Individual Transmission Information
  • the communication control unit 263 controls transmission of the individual transmission information to the base station 100.
  • the communication control unit 263 maps the information signal including the individual transmission information to the uplink radio resource allocated to the terminal device 200. Thereby, the individual transmission information is transmitted to the base station 100.
  • the communication control unit 263 controls the transmission of the discovery signal based on the aggregation detection information.
  • the communication control unit 263 knows in which radio frame the one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area perform the detection process from the aggregated detection information. Then, the communication control unit 263 allows the terminal device 200 to discover a radio frame for the one or more terminal devices 200 to perform the detection process, out of the radio frames for the terminal device 200 to transmit the discovery signal. The signal is set as a radio frame for actually transmitting. Thereafter, the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal in the set radio frame and does not transmit a discovery signal in other radio frames.
  • the application of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 includes a first application (for example, a collision alarm) and a second application (for example, a fire alarm).
  • the aggregated detection information does not include the first application for the use of D2D communication for any of the one or more terminal devices 200, and the use of the D2D communication for any of the one or more terminal devices 200.
  • the communication control unit 263 sets a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal for D2D communication whose usage is the second usage as a radio frame for the terminal device 200 to actually transmit the discovery signal. .
  • the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal using the set radio frame. That is, the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal in a radio frame corresponding to the second application, and in another radio frame (for example, a radio frame corresponding to the first application without corresponding to the second application). Do not send discovery signals.
  • Control Regarding Detection of Discovery Signal Transmission of Individual Detection Information Particularly in the fourth embodiment, for example, the communication control unit 263 controls transmission of the individual detection information to the base station 100.
  • the communication control unit 263 maps the information signal including the individual detection information to the uplink radio resource allocated to the terminal device 200. As a result, the individual detection information is transmitted to the base station 100.
  • the communication control unit 263 controls a detection process for detecting a discovery signal based on the aggregate transmission information.
  • the communication control unit 263 knows in which radio frame the one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area transmit the discovery signal from the aggregate transmission information. Then, the communication control unit 263 indicates that, among the radio frames for the terminal device 200 to perform the detection process, the terminal device 200 actually transmits a radio frame for the one or more terminal devices 200 to transmit a discovery signal. Is set as a radio frame for performing the detection process. After that, the terminal device 200 performs the detection process with the set radio frame, and does not perform the detection process with another radio frame.
  • the application of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 includes a first application (for example, a collision alarm) and a second application (for example, a fire alarm).
  • the aggregate transmission information does not include the first application for the use of D2D communication for any of the one or more terminal apparatuses 200, and the use of the D2D communication for any of the one or more terminal apparatuses 200.
  • the communication control unit 263 sets a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal for D2D communication whose usage is the second usage as a radio frame on which the terminal device 200 actually performs the detection process. .
  • the terminal device 200 performs the detection process with the set radio frame. That is, the terminal device 200 performs the above detection process for a radio frame corresponding to the second application, and for other radio frames (for example, a radio frame corresponding to the first application without corresponding to the second application). The above detection process is not performed.
  • FIG. 19 is a sequence diagram illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a communication control process according to the fourth modification example of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the terminal device 200 includes individual transmission information related to a radio frame for the terminal device 200 to transmit a discovery signal, and an individual transmission related to a radio frame for the detection processing for the terminal device 200 to detect a discovery signal.
  • the detection information is transmitted to the base station 100 (S701). Then, the base station 100 acquires the individual detection information.
  • the base station 100 relates to a radio frame for the one or more terminal devices 200 to transmit a discovery signal based on the individual transmission information transmitted by the one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area.
  • the aggregate transmission information to be generated is generated (S703).
  • the ground station 100 relates to a radio frame for the one or more terminal devices 200 to perform the detection process based on the individual detection information transmitted by the one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area.
  • the aggregate detection information to be generated is generated (S705).
  • the base station 100 transmits the aggregate transmission information and the aggregate detection information to the terminal device 200 (S707).
  • the terminal device 200 sets a radio frame on which the terminal device 200 actually performs the detection process based on the aggregate transmission information (S709). Thereafter, the terminal device 200 performs the detection process with the set radio frame. Also, the terminal device 200 sets a radio frame that the terminal device 200 actually transmits a discovery signal based on the aggregated detection information (S711). Thereafter, the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal using the set radio frame.
  • the terminal device 200 when the mode of the terminal device 200 is the connection mode, the terminal device 200 performs detection processing for detecting the discovery signal at the first frequency, and the mode of the terminal device 200 is idle. In the case of the mode, the detection process is performed at a second frequency lower than the first frequency.
  • the load on the terminal device 200 in the idle mode it is possible to reduce the load on the terminal device 200 in the idle mode. Specifically, for example, in the idle mode, the frequency of the detection process by the terminal device 200 is reduced, so that the power consumption of the terminal device 200 can be suppressed.
  • the communication control unit 263 performs the detection so that the detection process for detecting the discovery signal is performed at the first frequency when the mode of the terminal device 200 is the connection mode. Control processing. Moreover, the communication control part 263 controls the said detection process so that the said detection process may be performed with the 2nd frequency lower than the said 1st frequency, when the mode of the terminal device 200 is an idle mode.
  • the connection mode is an RRC (Radio Resource Control) mode
  • the idle mode is an RRC idle mode.
  • FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an example of the frequency of detection processing in the connection mode and the idle mode.
  • the terminal device 200 when the mode of the terminal device 200 is the connection mode, the terminal device 200 performs a detection process for detecting a discovery signal at the connection mode cycle 51.
  • the cycle 51 for the connection mode is, for example, 100 ms.
  • the terminal device 200 when the mode of the terminal device 200 is the idle mode, the terminal device 200 performs a detection process for detecting the discovery signal in the cycle 53 for the idle mode.
  • the cycle 53 for idle mode is longer than the cycle 51, for example, 300 ms.
  • the frequency of the detection process is lower than in the case where the mode of the terminal device 200 is the connection mode.
  • the communication control unit 263 performs the detection process at the third frequency when the terminal device 200 is located within the coverage of the base station 100 when the mode is the idle mode, and the terminal device 200 If it is located outside the coverage, the detection process may be controlled such that the detection process is performed at a fourth frequency lower than the third frequency.
  • the detection process may be controlled such that the detection process is performed at a fourth frequency lower than the third frequency.
  • FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an example of the detection process in the coverage and the frequency of the detection process in the coverage.
  • the terminal device 200 when the mode of the terminal device 200 is the connection mode, the terminal device 200 performs a detection process for detecting a discovery signal in the connection mode cycle 51.
  • the period 51 for the connection mode is, for example, 100 ms.
  • the terminal device 200 when the terminal device 200 is in the idle mode and the terminal device 200 is located within the coverage of the base station 100, the terminal device 200 performs the above detection process in the first period 55 for the idle mode. .
  • the first period 55 for the idle mode is longer than the period 51 for the connection mode, for example, 300 ms.
  • the terminal device 200 when the terminal device 200 is in the idle mode and the terminal device 200 is located outside the coverage of the base station 100, the terminal device 200 performs the detection process in the second cycle 57 for the idle mode. .
  • the second period 57 for the idle mode is longer than the first period 55 for the idle mode, for example, 600 ms.
  • the detection process is performed more than in the case where the terminal device 200 is located within the coverage of the base station 100. Infrequent.
  • the frequency of the detection processing by the terminal device 200 is particularly low, so the terminal device located outside the coverage of the base station 100 The power consumption of 200 can be suppressed.
  • the possibility that a discovery signal is transmitted is lower. Therefore, as described above, it is effective to reduce the frequency of the detection process outside the coverage.
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a communication control process on the terminal device side according to the fifth modification example of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the communication control process is a process performed when the terminal device 200 whose mode is the idle mode performs a detection process for detecting a discovery signal.
  • the terminal device 200 When the radio frame is a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal (S651: Yes) and the period for the idle mode arrives (S653: Yes), the terminal device 200 is controlled by the communication control unit 263. Accordingly, a detection process for detecting a discovery signal is performed on the signal transmitted in the radio frame (S655). Then, the system frame number is incremented (S657), and the process is repeated.
  • the base station 100 may be realized as any type of eNB (evolved Node B) such as a macro eNB or a small eNB.
  • the small eNB may be an eNB that covers a cell smaller than a macro cell, such as a pico eNB, a micro eNB, or a home (femto) eNB.
  • the base station 100 may be realized as another type of base station such as a NodeB or a BTS (Base Transceiver Station).
  • Base station 100 may include a main body (also referred to as a base station apparatus) that controls radio communication, and one or more RRHs (Remote Radio Heads) that are arranged at locations different from the main body. Further, various types of terminals described later may operate as the base station 100 by temporarily or semi-permanently executing the base station function.
  • a main body also referred to as a base station apparatus
  • RRHs Remote Radio Heads
  • the terminal device 200 is a smartphone, a tablet PC (Personal Computer), a notebook PC, a portable game terminal, a mobile terminal such as a portable / dongle type mobile router or a digital camera, or an in-vehicle terminal such as a car navigation device. It may be realized as.
  • the terminal device 200 may be realized as a terminal (also referred to as an MTC (Machine Type Communication) terminal) that performs M2M (Machine To Machine) communication.
  • the terminal device 200 may be a wireless communication module (for example, an integrated circuit module configured by one die) mounted on these terminals.
  • FIG. 23 is a block diagram illustrating a first example of a schematic configuration of an eNB to which the technology according to the present disclosure may be applied.
  • the eNB 800 includes one or more antennas 810 and a base station device 820. Each antenna 810 and the base station apparatus 820 can be connected to each other via an RF cable.
  • Each of the antennas 810 has a single or a plurality of antenna elements (for example, a plurality of antenna elements constituting a MIMO antenna), and is used for transmission and reception of radio signals by the base station apparatus 820.
  • the eNB 800 includes a plurality of antennas 810 as illustrated in FIG. 23, and the plurality of antennas 810 may respectively correspond to a plurality of frequency bands used by the eNB 800, for example. 23 shows an example in which the eNB 800 includes a plurality of antennas 810, the eNB 800 may include a single antenna 810.
  • the base station apparatus 820 includes a controller 821, a memory 822, a network interface 823, and a wireless communication interface 825.
  • the controller 821 may be a CPU or a DSP, for example, and operates various functions of the upper layer of the base station apparatus 820. For example, the controller 821 generates a data packet from the data in the signal processed by the wireless communication interface 825, and transfers the generated packet via the network interface 823. The controller 821 may generate a bundled packet by bundling data from a plurality of baseband processors, and may transfer the generated bundled packet. In addition, the controller 821 is a logic that executes control such as radio resource control, radio bearer control, mobility management, inflow control, or scheduling. May have a typical function. Moreover, the said control may be performed in cooperation with a surrounding eNB or a core network node.
  • the memory 822 includes RAM and ROM, and stores programs executed by the controller 821 and various control data (for example, terminal list, transmission power data, scheduling data, and the like).
  • the network interface 823 is a communication interface for connecting the base station device 820 to the core network 824.
  • the controller 821 may communicate with the core network node or other eNB via the network interface 823.
  • the eNB 800 and the core network node or another eNB may be connected to each other by a logical interface (for example, an S1 interface or an X2 interface).
  • the network interface 823 may be a wired communication interface or a wireless communication interface for wireless backhaul.
  • the network interface 823 may use a frequency band higher than the frequency band used by the wireless communication interface 825 for wireless communication.
  • the wireless communication interface 825 supports any cellular communication scheme such as LTE (Long Term Evolution) or LTE-Advanced, and provides a wireless connection to terminals located in the cell of the eNB 800 via the antenna 810.
  • the wireless communication interface 825 may typically include a baseband (BB) processor 826, an RF circuit 827, and the like.
  • the BB processor 826 may perform, for example, encoding / decoding, modulation / demodulation, and multiplexing / demultiplexing, and each layer (for example, L1, MAC (Medium Access Control), RLC (Radio Link Control), and PDCP).
  • Various signal processing of Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • Packet Data Convergence Protocol is executed.
  • the BB processor 826 may have some or all of the logical functions described above instead of the controller 821.
  • the BB processor 826 may be a module that includes a memory that stores a communication control program, a processor that executes the program, and related circuits. The function of the BB processor 826 may be changed by updating the program. Good.
  • the module may be a card or a blade inserted into a slot of the base station apparatus 820, or a chip mounted on the card or the blade.
  • the RF circuit 827 may include a mixer, a filter, an amplifier, and the like, and transmits and receives a radio signal via the antenna 810.
  • the wireless communication interface 825 includes a plurality of BB processors 826 as illustrated in FIG. 23, and the plurality of BB processors 826 may respectively correspond to a plurality of frequency bands used by the eNB 800, for example. Further, the wireless communication interface 825 includes a plurality of RF circuits 827 as shown in FIG. 23, and the plurality of RF circuits 827 may respectively correspond to a plurality of antenna elements, for example. 23 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 825 includes a plurality of BB processors 826 and a plurality of RF circuits 827, the wireless communication interface 825 includes a single BB processor 826 or a single RF circuit 827. But you can.
  • FIG. 24 is a block diagram illustrating a second example of a schematic configuration of an eNB to which the technology according to the present disclosure may be applied.
  • the eNB 830 includes one or more antennas 840, a base station apparatus 850, and an RRH 860. Each antenna 840 and RRH 860 may be connected to each other via an RF cable. Base station apparatus 850 and RRH 860 can be connected to each other via a high-speed line such as an optical fiber cable.
  • Each of the antennas 840 has a single or a plurality of antenna elements (for example, a plurality of antenna elements constituting a MIMO antenna), and is used for transmission / reception of radio signals by the RRH 860.
  • the eNB 830 includes a plurality of antennas 840 as illustrated in FIG. 24, and the plurality of antennas 840 may respectively correspond to a plurality of frequency bands used by the eNB 830, for example. 24 shows an example in which the eNB 830 has a plurality of antennas 840, but the eNB 830 may have a single antenna 840.
  • the base station device 850 includes a controller 851, a memory 852, a network interface 853, a wireless communication interface 855, and a connection interface 857.
  • the controller 851, the memory 852, and the network interface 853 are the same as the controller 821, the memory 822, and the network interface 823 described with reference to FIG.
  • the wireless communication interface 855 supports a cellular communication method such as LTE or LTE-Advanced, and provides a wireless connection to a terminal located in a sector corresponding to the RRH 860 via the RRH 860 and the antenna 840.
  • the wireless communication interface 855 may typically include a BB processor 856 and the like.
  • the BB processor 856 is the same as the BB processor 826 described with reference to FIG. 23 except that the BB processor 856 is connected to the RF circuit 864 of the RRH 860 via the connection interface 857.
  • the wireless communication interface 855 includes a plurality of BB processors 856 as illustrated in FIG.
  • the plurality of BB processors 856 may respectively correspond to a plurality of frequency bands used by the eNB 830, for example.
  • 24 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 855 includes a plurality of BB processors 856, the wireless communication interface 855 may include a single BB processor 856.
  • connection interface 857 is an interface for connecting the base station device 850 (wireless communication interface 855) to the RRH 860.
  • the connection interface 857 may be a communication module for communication on the high-speed line that connects the base station apparatus 850 (wireless communication interface 855) and the RRH 860.
  • the RRH 860 includes a connection interface 861 and a wireless communication interface 863.
  • connection interface 861 is an interface for connecting the RRH 860 (wireless communication interface 863) to the base station device 850.
  • the connection interface 861 may be a communication module for communication on the high-speed line.
  • the wireless communication interface 863 transmits and receives wireless signals via the antenna 840.
  • the wireless communication interface 863 may typically include an RF circuit 864 and the like.
  • the RF circuit 864 may include a mixer, a filter, an amplifier, and the like, and transmits and receives wireless signals via the antenna 840.
  • the wireless communication interface 863 includes a plurality of RF circuits 864 as illustrated in FIG. 24, and the plurality of RF circuits 864 may correspond to, for example, a plurality of antenna elements, respectively. 24 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 863 includes a plurality of RF circuits 864, the wireless communication interface 863 may include a single RF circuit 864.
  • the information acquisition unit 151 and the communication control unit 153 described with reference to FIG. 3 are implemented in the wireless communication interface 825, the wireless communication interface 855, and / or the wireless communication interface 863. May be. Further, at least a part of these functions may be implemented in the controller 821 and the controller 851.
  • FIG. 25 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a schematic configuration of a smartphone 900 to which the technology according to the present disclosure can be applied.
  • the smartphone 900 includes a processor 901, a memory 902, a storage 903, an external connection interface 904, a camera 906, a sensor 907, a microphone 908, an input device 909, a display device 910, a speaker 911, a wireless communication interface 912, one or more antenna switches 915.
  • One or more antennas 916, a bus 917, a battery 918 and an auxiliary controller 919 are provided.
  • the processor 901 may be, for example, a CPU or a SoC (System on Chip), and controls the functions of the application layer and other layers of the smartphone 900.
  • the memory 902 includes a RAM and a ROM, and stores programs executed by the processor 901 and data.
  • the storage 903 can include a storage medium such as a semiconductor memory or a hard disk.
  • the external connection interface 904 is an interface for connecting an external device such as a memory card or a USB (Universal Serial Bus) device to the smartphone 900.
  • the camera 906 includes, for example, an image sensor such as a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or a CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor), and generates a captured image.
  • the sensor 907 may include a sensor group such as a positioning sensor, a gyro sensor, a geomagnetic sensor, and an acceleration sensor.
  • the microphone 908 converts sound input to the smartphone 900 into an audio signal.
  • the input device 909 includes, for example, a touch sensor that detects a touch on the screen of the display device 910, a keypad, a keyboard, a button, or a switch, and receives an operation or information input from a user.
  • the display device 910 has a screen such as a liquid crystal display (LCD) or an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display, and displays an output image of the smartphone 900.
  • the speaker 911 converts an audio signal output from the smartphone 900 into audio.
  • the wireless communication interface 912 supports any cellular communication method such as LTE or LTE-Advanced, and performs wireless communication.
  • the wireless communication interface 912 may typically include a BB processor 913, an RF circuit 914, and the like.
  • the BB processor 913 may perform, for example, encoding / decoding, modulation / demodulation, and multiplexing / demultiplexing, and performs various signal processing for wireless communication.
  • the RF circuit 914 may include a mixer, a filter, an amplifier, and the like, and transmits and receives radio signals via the antenna 916.
  • the wireless communication interface 912 may be a one-chip module in which the BB processor 913 and the RF circuit 914 are integrated.
  • the wireless communication interface 912 may include a plurality of BB processors 913 and a plurality of RF circuits 914 as illustrated in FIG.
  • FIG. 25 illustrates an example in which the wireless communication interface 912 includes a plurality of BB processors 913 and a plurality of RF circuits 914.
  • the wireless communication interface 912 includes a single BB processor 913 or a single RF circuit 914. But you can.
  • the wireless communication interface 912 may support other types of wireless communication methods such as a short-range wireless communication method, a proximity wireless communication method, or a wireless LAN (Local Area Network) method in addition to the cellular communication method.
  • a BB processor 913 and an RF circuit 914 for each wireless communication method may be included.
  • Each of the antenna switches 915 switches the connection destination of the antenna 916 among a plurality of circuits (for example, circuits for different wireless communication systems) included in the wireless communication interface 912.
  • Each of the antennas 916 includes a single or a plurality of antenna elements (for example, a plurality of antenna elements constituting a MIMO antenna), and is used for transmission / reception of a radio signal by the radio communication interface 912.
  • the smartphone 900 may include a plurality of antennas 916 as illustrated in FIG. Note that although FIG. 25 illustrates an example in which the smartphone 900 includes a plurality of antennas 916, the smartphone 900 may include a single antenna 916.
  • the smartphone 900 may include an antenna 916 for each wireless communication method.
  • the antenna switch 915 may be omitted from the configuration of the smartphone 900.
  • the bus 917 connects the processor 901, the memory 902, the storage 903, the external connection interface 904, the camera 906, the sensor 907, the microphone 908, the input device 909, the display device 910, the speaker 911, the wireless communication interface 912, and the auxiliary controller 919 to each other.
  • the battery 918 supplies power to each block of the smartphone 900 illustrated in FIG. 25 via a power supply line partially illustrated by a broken line in the drawing.
  • the auxiliary controller 919 operates the minimum necessary functions of the smartphone 900 in the sleep mode.
  • the information acquisition unit 261 and the communication control unit 263 described with reference to FIG. 5 may be implemented in the wireless communication interface 912. In addition, at least a part of these functions may be implemented in the processor 901 or the auxiliary controller 919.
  • FIG. 26 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a schematic configuration of a car navigation device 920 to which the technology according to the present disclosure can be applied.
  • the car navigation device 920 includes a processor 921, a memory 922, a GPS (Global Positioning System) module 924, a sensor 925, a data interface 926, a content player 927, a storage medium interface 928, an input device 929, a display device 930, a speaker 931, and wireless communication.
  • the interface 933 includes one or more antenna switches 936, one or more antennas 937, and a battery 938.
  • the processor 921 may be a CPU or SoC, for example, and controls the navigation function and other functions of the car navigation device 920.
  • the memory 922 includes RAM and ROM, and stores programs and data executed by the processor 921.
  • the GPS module 924 measures the position (for example, latitude, longitude, and altitude) of the car navigation device 920 using GPS signals received from GPS satellites.
  • the sensor 925 may include a sensor group such as a gyro sensor, a geomagnetic sensor, and an atmospheric pressure sensor.
  • the data interface 926 is connected to the in-vehicle network 941 through a terminal (not shown), for example, and acquires data generated on the vehicle side such as vehicle speed data.
  • the content player 927 reproduces content stored in a storage medium (for example, CD or DVD) inserted into the storage medium interface 928.
  • the input device 929 includes, for example, a touch sensor, a button, or a switch that detects a touch on the screen of the display device 930, and receives an operation or information input from the user.
  • the display device 930 has a screen such as an LCD or an OLED display, and displays a navigation function or an image of content to be reproduced.
  • the speaker 931 outputs the navigation function or the audio of the content to be played back.
  • the wireless communication interface 933 supports any cellular communication method such as LTE or LTE-Advanced, and performs wireless communication.
  • the wireless communication interface 933 may typically include a BB processor 934, an RF circuit 935, and the like.
  • the BB processor 934 may perform, for example, encoding / decoding, modulation / demodulation, and multiplexing / demultiplexing, and performs various signal processing for wireless communication.
  • the RF circuit 935 may include a mixer, a filter, an amplifier, and the like, and transmits and receives a radio signal via the antenna 937.
  • the wireless communication interface 933 may be a one-chip module in which the BB processor 934 and the RF circuit 935 are integrated.
  • the wireless communication interface 933 may include a plurality of BB processors 934 and a plurality of RF circuits 935 as shown in FIG. 26 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 933 includes a plurality of BB processors 934 and a plurality of RF circuits 935, the wireless communication interface 933 includes a single BB processor 934 or a single RF circuit 935. But you can.
  • the wireless communication interface 933 may support other types of wireless communication methods such as a short-range wireless communication method, a proximity wireless communication method, or a wireless LAN method in addition to the cellular communication method.
  • a BB processor 934 and an RF circuit 935 may be included for each communication method.
  • Each of the antenna switches 936 switches the connection destination of the antenna 937 among a plurality of circuits included in the wireless communication interface 933 (for example, circuits for different wireless communication systems).
  • Each of the antennas 937 has a single or a plurality of antenna elements (for example, a plurality of antenna elements constituting a MIMO antenna), and is used for transmission / reception of a radio signal by the radio communication interface 933.
  • the car navigation device 920 may include a plurality of antennas 937 as shown in FIG. FIG. 26 shows an example in which the car navigation apparatus 920 includes a plurality of antennas 937. However, the car navigation apparatus 920 may include a single antenna 937.
  • the car navigation device 920 may include an antenna 937 for each wireless communication method.
  • the antenna switch 936 may be omitted from the configuration of the car navigation device 920.
  • the battery 938 supplies power to each block of the car navigation device 920 shown in FIG. 26 through a power supply line partially shown by broken lines in the drawing. Further, the battery 938 stores electric power supplied from the vehicle side.
  • the technology according to the present disclosure may be realized as an in-vehicle system (or vehicle) 940 including one or more blocks of the car navigation device 920 described above, an in-vehicle network 941, and a vehicle side module 942.
  • vehicle-side module 942 generates vehicle-side data such as vehicle speed, engine speed, or failure information, and outputs the generated data to the in-vehicle network 941.
  • the information acquisition unit 261 acquires the radio frame information indicating the radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal, and the communication control unit 263 The discovery signal transmission is controlled based on the radio frame information.
  • the information acquisition unit 261 acquires radio frame information indicating a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal
  • the communication control unit 263 detects the discovery signal based on the radio frame information. Control the detection process.
  • the information acquisition unit 151 acquires radio frame information indicating a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal.
  • the communication control unit 153 controls transmission of the radio frame information to the terminal device 200.
  • the terminal device 200 can quickly and reliably detect the discovery signal. can do. Therefore, the terminal device 200 may not perform the detection process on a signal transmitted in a radio frame other than the radio frame. That is, the terminal device 200 does not have to perform the detection process frequently in order to quickly and reliably detect the discovery signal. Therefore, the load required for the discovery signal detection process can be suppressed.
  • the terminal device 200 may transmit the discovery signal in a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal, and may not transmit the discovery signal in a radio frame other than the radio frame. That is, the terminal device 200 does not need to transmit the discovery signal at a high frequency in order for the other terminal device 200 to quickly and reliably detect the discovery signal. Therefore, the load required for transmitting the discovery signal can be suppressed.
  • the radio frame information indicates a plurality of radio frames for transmitting a discovery signal, and each of the plurality of radio frames has two or more meanings. Corresponds to one of the meanings.
  • the communication control unit 263 controls transmission of the discovery signal so that the discovery signal is transmitted in a radio frame corresponding to the meaning to be notified among the plurality of radio frames.
  • the communication control unit 263 identifies the meaning corresponding to the radio frame to which the detected discovery signal is transmitted among the plurality of radio frames.
  • the receiving-side terminal device 200 can identify the meaning to be notified by the transmitting-side terminal device 200 only by transmitting and receiving a discovery signal. Therefore, it becomes possible to transmit the meaning quickly. More specifically, for example, in D2D communication, when data indicating meaning is transmitted / received after a connection is established through a plurality of transactions, the time required to transmit the meaning becomes long. On the other hand, when a discovery signal is transmitted and received in a radio frame corresponding to the meaning, the time required for transmitting the meaning is shortened. Therefore, the transmission of meaning becomes quick. In addition, since the urgency is high when the use of D2D communication is a use of public safety, such rapid transmission of meaning is particularly effective.
  • the communication control unit 263 controls the transmission of the discovery signal so that the discovery signal is transmitted at a frequency according to the use of the D2D communication.
  • the communication control unit 263 controls the detection process so that the detection process is performed at a frequency according to the application of D2D communication.
  • the time required for discovery may vary depending on the application of D2D communication (for example, a collision alarm, a fire alarm, a burglar alarm, etc.).
  • D2D communication for example, a collision alarm, the time required for discovery is required to be within the first time.
  • discovery is performed. The time required is required to be within a second time longer than the first time.
  • the terminal device performs D2D communication for a fire alarm, Therefore, when D2D communication is not performed, the discovery signal is transmitted or detected more frequently than necessary.
  • the communication control unit 263 is configured to notify the information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal so that the information to be notified is transmitted with a predetermined radio resource. Control the transmission of information. Moreover, in the terminal device 200, the communication control part 263 acquires the information received by the predetermined
  • a radio frame corresponds to one of the meanings as in the first modification
  • it is possible to quickly transmit the meaning by transmitting and receiving a discovery signal. Is difficult to communicate.
  • the time required for transmitting the detailed information becomes longer. Therefore, by transmitting and receiving information to be notified using a predetermined radio resource after the discovery signal, it becomes possible to quickly transmit detailed information.
  • D2D communication when D2D communication is used for data offloading, a large amount of data is transmitted and received by D2D communication, so establishing a connection is effective. However, D2D communication is used for public safety. In some cases, the urgency is often high, so the method according to the third modification is effective.
  • the information acquisition unit 151 indicates that the individual transmission information related to the radio frame for the terminal device 200 to transmit the discovery signal is When transmitted by each of one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area, the individual transmission information is acquired. Then, the communication control unit 153 controls transmission of aggregate transmission information related to a radio frame for the one or more terminal devices 200 to transmit a discovery signal.
  • the information acquisition unit 261 acquires individual transmission information related to a radio frame for the terminal device 200 to transmit a discovery signal, and the communication control unit 263 includes the base station 100 of the individual transmission information. Control transmission to Further, in the terminal device 200, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires aggregate transmission information related to a radio frame for transmitting one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area, and the communication control unit 263 The detection process is controlled based on the aggregate transmission information.
  • the detection process can be performed with a necessary and sufficient radio frame. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the load on the terminal device 200.
  • the terminal device 200 when none of the terminal devices 200 located in the area transmits a discovery signal for a collision warning, the above detection processing is performed with a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal for a collision warning. It is useless for the terminal device 200 that performs the detection process in the region. Therefore, by transmitting the aggregate transmission information to the terminal device 200, the terminal device 200 can identify necessary and sufficient radio frames to be subjected to the detection process. Therefore, the load on the terminal device 200 can be suppressed.
  • the information acquisition unit 151 performs a radio frame for performing detection processing for the terminal device 200 to detect a discovery signal.
  • the individual detection information related to is transmitted by each of the one or more terminal devices 200 located in the region, the individual detection information is acquired.
  • the communication control unit 153 controls transmission of aggregate detection information related to a radio frame for the one or more terminal devices 200 to perform the detection process.
  • the information acquisition unit 261 acquires individual detection information related to a radio frame for the terminal device 200 to perform the detection process, and the communication control unit 263 includes the base station 100 of the individual detection information. Control transmission to Further, in the terminal device 200, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires aggregated detection information related to a radio frame for performing detection processing for one or more terminal devices 200 located in the region to detect a discovery signal. The communication control unit 263 controls the discovery signal transmission based on the aggregate detection information.
  • the terminal device 200 located in the area can transmit the discovery signal in a necessary and sufficient radio frame when transmitting the discovery signal. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the load on the terminal device 200.
  • the discovery signal is transmitted in a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal for collision warning.
  • the transmission is useless for the terminal device 200 that transmits a discovery signal within the above-described region. Therefore, by transmitting the aggregate detection information to the terminal device 200, the terminal device 200 can identify a necessary and sufficient radio frame to which a discovery signal should be transmitted. Therefore, the load on the terminal device 200 can be suppressed.
  • the communication control unit 263 performs the above detection process at the first frequency when the mode of the terminal device 200 is the connection mode, and the mode of the terminal device 200 is idle.
  • the detection process is controlled so that the detection process is performed at a second frequency lower than the first frequency.
  • the load on the terminal device 200 in the idle mode it is possible to reduce the load on the terminal device 200 in the idle mode. Specifically, for example, in the idle mode, the frequency of the detection process by the terminal device 200 is reduced, so that the power consumption of the terminal device 200 can be suppressed.
  • the communication system is a system according to LTE, LTE-Advanced, or a communication method based on these has been described, the present disclosure is not limited to such an example.
  • the communication system may be a system according to another communication standard.
  • processing steps in the communication control processing of this specification do not necessarily have to be executed in time series in the order described in the flowchart.
  • the processing steps in the communication control process may be executed in an order different from the order described in the flowchart, or may be executed in parallel.
  • a communication control device for example, a device included in a base station
  • a terminal device exhibits functions equivalent to the respective configurations of the communication control device or the terminal device.
  • a computer program can be created.
  • a storage medium storing the computer program may also be provided.
  • an information processing apparatus for example, a processing circuit, a chip
  • a memory for example, ROM and RAM
  • processors for example, CPU, DSP, etc.
  • a communication control device comprising: (2) The communication control apparatus according to (1), wherein the radio frame information indicates a system frame number of the radio frame. (3) The radio frame information indicates a plurality of radio frames for transmitting the discovery signal, Each of the plurality of radio frames corresponds to any one of two or more meanings; The communication control device according to (1) or (2).
  • the communication control device further indicates which of the two or more meanings corresponds to each of the plurality of radio frames.
  • the said wireless frame information is a communication control apparatus as described in said (5) which shows the period of transmission of the said discovery signal according to a use for every use of communication between apparatuses.
  • the acquisition unit acquires radio resource information indicating a predetermined radio resource for transmitting information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal,
  • the control unit controls transmission of the radio resource information to a terminal device;
  • the communication control apparatus according to any one of (1) to (6).
  • the discovery signal has a common signal sequence between terminal devices,
  • the radio resource information indicates a plurality of predetermined radio resources for transmitting the information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal.
  • the communication control device according to (7). (9) When the individual transmission information related to the radio frame for the terminal device to transmit the discovery signal is transmitted by each of the one or more terminal devices located in the region, the acquisition unit transmits the individual transmission information.
  • the control unit controls transmission of aggregate transmission information related to a radio frame for the one or more terminal devices to transmit the discovery signal;
  • the communication control apparatus according to any one of (1) to (8).
  • the acquisition unit is configured to transmit individual detection information related to a radio frame for performing a detection process for the terminal device to detect the discovery signal by each of one or more terminal devices located in the region. , Get the individual detection information,
  • the control unit controls transmission of aggregate detection information related to a radio frame for the one or more terminal devices to perform the detection process.
  • the communication control apparatus according to any one of (1) to (10).
  • the said individual detection information is a communication control apparatus as described in said (11) which is the information which shows the use of the communication between apparatuses for a terminal device, or the information which shows the period of the said detection process by a terminal device.
  • (13) Obtaining radio frame information indicating a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication, and indicating the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication When, Controlling transmission of the radio frame information to the terminal device by a processor; Including a communication control method.
  • a control unit that controls transmission of the discovery signal based on the radio frame information;
  • a terminal device comprising: (15) The radio frame information indicates a plurality of radio frames for transmitting the discovery signal, Each of the plurality of radio frames corresponds to any one of two or more meanings; The control unit controls transmission of the discovery signal so that the discovery signal is transmitted in a radio frame corresponding to a meaning to be notified among the plurality of radio frames.
  • the terminal device according to (14) or (15), wherein the control unit controls transmission of the discovery signal so that the discovery signal is transmitted at a frequency according to a purpose of inter-device communication.
  • the said control part is a terminal device as described in said (16) which controls transmission of the said discovery signal so that the said discovery signal is transmitted with the period according to the use of communication between apparatuses.
  • the terminal device according to item 1.
  • the discovery signal has a common signal sequence between terminal devices, The control unit controls transmission of the information to be notified so that the information to be notified is transmitted by any one of a plurality of predetermined radio resources after the discovery signal is transmitted; The terminal device according to (18). (20) The control unit transmits the predetermined plurality of radio resources from any one of the predetermined plurality of radio resources each time the discovery signal is transmitted. The terminal device according to (19), wherein transmission of the information to be notified is controlled so as to change to another radio resource among resources. (21) The acquisition unit acquires individual transmission information related to a radio frame for the terminal device to transmit the discovery signal, The control unit controls transmission of the dedicated transmission information to a base station; The terminal device according to any one of (14) to (20).
  • the acquisition unit acquires aggregated detection information related to a radio frame for performing detection processing for detecting one or more terminal devices located in a region to detect the discovery signal,
  • the control unit controls transmission of the discovery signal based on the aggregate detection information.
  • the terminal device according to any one of (14) to (21).
  • (23) The terminal device according to any one of (14) to (22), wherein the control unit controls transmission of system information including a system frame number.
  • a memory for storing the program;
  • the program is Obtaining radio frame information indicating a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication, and indicating the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication When, Controlling transmission of the discovery signal based on the radio frame information; Is a program for executing Information processing device.
  • a control unit for controlling a detection process for detecting the discovery signal based on the radio frame information A terminal device comprising: (26)
  • the radio frame information indicates a plurality of radio frames for transmitting the discovery signal, Each of the plurality of radio frames corresponds to any one of two or more meanings;
  • the control unit identifies a meaning corresponding to a radio frame in which the detected discovery signal is transmitted among the plurality of radio frames.
  • the said control part is a terminal device as described in said (25) or (26) which controls the said detection process so that the said detection process is performed with the frequency according to the use of communication between apparatuses.
  • the said control part is a terminal device as described in said (27) which controls the said detection process so that the said detection process is performed with the period according to the use of communication between apparatuses.
  • the control unit acquires information received by a predetermined radio resource for transmitting information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal after detection of the discovery signal, any of (25) to (28) The terminal device according to claim 1.
  • the control unit obtains information received by each of a plurality of predetermined radio resources for transmitting the information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal after detection of the discovery signal.
  • the acquisition unit acquires aggregate transmission information related to a radio frame for transmitting one or more terminal devices located in a region to transmit the discovery signal, The control unit controls the detection process based on the aggregate transmission information.
  • the terminal device according to any one of (25) to (30).
  • the acquisition unit acquires individual detection information related to a radio frame for the terminal device to perform the detection process, The control unit controls transmission of the individual detection information to a base station;
  • the terminal device according to any one of (25) to (31).
  • the control unit performs the detection process at a first frequency when the mode of the terminal device is a connection mode, and more than the first frequency when the mode of the terminal device is an idle mode.
  • the terminal device according to any one of (25) to (32), wherein the detection process is controlled so that the detection process is performed at a low second frequency.
  • the control unit controls transmission of system information including a system frame number.
  • a memory for storing the program; One or more processors capable of executing the program; With The program is Acquiring radio frame information indicating a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication and that transmits a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication; , Controlling a detection process for detecting the discovery signal based on the radio frame information; Is a program for executing Information processing device.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Electric Clocks (AREA)
  • Selective Calling Equipment (AREA)

Abstract

[Problem] To make it possible to suppress the loads for devices performing inter-device communications (D2D communications). [Solution] Provided is a communication control device comprising: an acquisition unit for acquiring radio frame information indicating a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communications and that is to be used for transmitting a discovery signal enabling a device, which is to perform an inter-device communication, to be discovered by another device; and a control unit for controlling the transmission of the radio frame information to a terminal device.

Description

通信制御装置、通信制御方法、端末装置及び情報処理装置COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, TERMINAL DEVICE, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE
 本開示は、通信制御装置、通信制御方法、端末装置及び情報処理装置に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a communication control device, a communication control method, a terminal device, and an information processing device.
 装置間通信(D2D通信)は、基地局と端末装置とが信号を送受信する一般的なセルラー通信とは異なり、2つ以上の端末装置が直接的に信号を送受信する通信である。そのため、D2D通信では、上記一般的なセルラー通信とは異なる、端末装置の新しい利用形態が生まれてくることが期待される。例えば、近接する端末装置間若しくは近接する端末装置のグループ内におけるデータ通信による情報共有、設置された端末装置からの情報の頒布、M2M(Machine to Machine)と呼ばれる機器間の自律通信など、様々な応用が考えられる。 Inter-device communication (D2D communication) is communication in which two or more terminal devices directly transmit and receive signals, unlike general cellular communication in which a base station and terminal devices transmit and receive signals. Therefore, in D2D communication, it is expected that a new usage form of the terminal device will be born, which is different from the general cellular communication. For example, information sharing by data communication between adjacent terminal devices or groups of adjacent terminal devices, information distribution from installed terminal devices, autonomous communication between devices called M2M (Machine to Machine), etc. Application is conceivable.
 また、近年のスマートフォンの増加による、データトラフィックの著しい増加に対して、D2D通信をデータのオフローディングに活用することも考えられる。例えば、近年、動画像のストリーミングデータの送受信に対するニーズが急速に高まっている。しかし、一般に、動画像はデータ量が多いので、RAN(Radio Access Network)において多くのリソースを消費するという問題がある。したがって、端末装置間の距離が小さい場合のように、端末装置同士がD2D通信に適している状態であれば、動画像データをD2D通信にオフローディングすることにより、RANにおけるリソースの消費及び処理の負荷を抑えることができる。このように、D2D通信は、通信事業者及びユーザの双方にとって利用価値がある。そのため、現在、D2D通信は、3GPP(3rd Generation Partnership Project)標準化会議においても、LTE(Long Term Evolution)に必要な重要な技術領域の1つとして認識され、注目されている。 Also, D2D communication may be used for data offloading in response to a significant increase in data traffic due to the recent increase in smartphones. For example, in recent years, the need for transmission / reception of streaming data of moving images has increased rapidly. However, in general, since moving images have a large amount of data, there is a problem that many resources are consumed in a RAN (Radio Access Network). Therefore, if the terminal devices are in a state suitable for D2D communication, such as when the distance between the terminal devices is small, resource consumption and processing in the RAN can be reduced by offloading moving image data to D2D communication. The load can be suppressed. Thus, D2D communication has utility value for both communication carriers and users. Therefore, at present, D2D communication is recognized as one of the important technical fields necessary for LTE (Long Term Evolution) even in the 3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project) standardization conference, and is attracting attention.
 例えば、非特許文献1には、D2D通信についてのユースケースが開示されている。 For example, Non-Patent Document 1 discloses a use case for D2D communication.
 しかし、例えば、D2D通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号が、D2D通信を行う端末装置により送信されるとしても、D2D通信を行う他の端末装置は、当該ディスカバリ信号がどのタイミングで送信され、受信可能であるのかが分からない。そのため、例えば、上記端末装置は、上記ディスカバリ信号を高頻度で送信し、上記他の端末装置は、上記ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を高頻度で行うことになる。その結果、当該他の端末装置にとっての負荷が増大し得る。 However, for example, even if a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs D2D communication is transmitted by a terminal device that performs D2D communication, the other terminal device that performs D2D communication may We do not know when the signal is transmitted and received. Therefore, for example, the terminal device transmits the discovery signal with high frequency, and the other terminal device performs detection processing for detecting the discovery signal with high frequency. As a result, the load on the other terminal device may increase.
 そこで、装置間通信(D2D通信)を行う装置にとっての負荷を抑えることを可能にする仕組みが提供されることが望ましい。 Therefore, it is desirable to provide a mechanism that makes it possible to reduce the load on a device that performs communication between devices (D2D communication).
 本開示によれば、セルラー通信の単位時間である無線フレームであって、装置間通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号を送信するための上記無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得する取得部と、上記無線フレーム情報の端末装置への送信を制御する制御部と、を備える通信制御装置が提供される。 According to the present disclosure, a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication and that indicates the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication. There is provided a communication control device including an acquisition unit that acquires frame information and a control unit that controls transmission of the radio frame information to a terminal device.
 また、本開示によれば、セルラー通信の単位時間である無線フレームであって、装置間通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号を送信するための上記無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得することと、上記無線フレーム情報の端末装置への送信をプロセッサにより制御することと、を含む通信制御方法が提供される。 In addition, according to the present disclosure, a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication, and the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication. There is provided a communication control method including obtaining radio frame information to be indicated and controlling transmission of the radio frame information to a terminal device by a processor.
 また、本開示によれば、セルラー通信の単位時間である無線フレームであって、装置間通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号を送信するための上記無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得する取得部と、上記無線フレーム情報に基づいて、上記ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する制御部と、を備える端末装置が提供される。 In addition, according to the present disclosure, a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication, and the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication. A terminal device is provided that includes an acquisition unit that acquires the indicated radio frame information and a control unit that controls transmission of the discovery signal based on the radio frame information.
 また、本開示によれば、プログラムを記憶するメモリと、上記プログラムを実行可能な1つ以上のプロセッサと、を備える情報処理装置が提供される。上記プログラムは、セルラー通信の単位時間である無線フレームであって、装置間通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号を送信するための上記無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得することと、上記無線フレーム情報に基づいて、上記ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御することと、を実行させるためのプログラムである。 Further, according to the present disclosure, an information processing apparatus including a memory that stores a program and one or more processors that can execute the program is provided. The program is a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication, and radio frame information indicating the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication Is obtained, and the transmission of the discovery signal is controlled based on the radio frame information.
 また、本開示によれば、セルラー通信の単位時間である無線フレームであって、装置間通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得する取得部と、上記無線フレーム情報に基づいて、上記ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を制御する制御部と、を備える端末装置が提供される。 Also, according to the present disclosure, a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication, and indicates a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs communication between devices. A terminal device is provided that includes an acquisition unit that acquires radio frame information and a control unit that controls detection processing for detecting the discovery signal based on the radio frame information.
 また、本開示によれば、プログラムを記憶するメモリと、上記プログラムを実行可能な1つ以上のプロセッサと、を備える情報処理装置が提供される。上記プログラムは、セルラー通信の単位時間である無線フレームであって、装置間通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得することと、上記無線フレーム情報に基づいて、上記ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を制御することと、を実行させるためのプログラムである。 Further, according to the present disclosure, an information processing apparatus including a memory that stores a program and one or more processors that can execute the program is provided. The program includes radio frame information indicating a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication and that transmits a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs communication between devices. It is a program for executing acquisition and controlling detection processing for detecting the discovery signal based on the radio frame information.
 以上説明したように本開示によれば、装置間通信(D2D通信)を行う装置にとっての負荷を抑えることが可能となる。なお、上記の効果は必ずしも限定的なものではなく、上記効果とともに、又は上記効果に代えて、本明細書に示されたいずれかの効果、又は本明細書から把握され得る他の効果が奏されてもよい。 As described above, according to the present disclosure, it is possible to suppress a load on a device that performs communication between devices (D2D communication). The above effects are not necessarily limited, and any of the effects shown in the present specification or other effects that can be grasped from the present specification are exhibited together with or in place of the above effects. May be.
D2D通信の例を説明するための説明図である。It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the example of D2D communication. 本開示の実施形態に係る通信システムの概略的な構成の一例を示す説明図である。2 is an explanatory diagram illustrating an example of a schematic configuration of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. FIG. 本開示の実施形態に係る基地局の構成の一例を示すブロック図である。3 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a configuration of a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. FIG. ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームの例を説明するための説明図である。It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the example of the radio | wireless frame for transmitting a discovery signal. 本開示の実施形態に係る端末装置の構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram showing an example of composition of a terminal unit concerning an embodiment of this indication. 本開示の実施形態に係る基地局側の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。5 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a communication control process on a base station side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. 本開示の実施形態に係る端末装置側の第1の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。5 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a first communication control process on the terminal device side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. 本開示の実施形態に係る端末装置側の第2の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。10 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a second communication control process on the terminal device side according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. 無線フレームと意味との対応関係の一例を説明するための説明図である。It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating an example of the correspondence of a radio | wireless frame and a meaning. 本開示の実施形態の第1の変形例に係る端末装置側の第1の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。14 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a first communication control process on the terminal device side according to a first modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure. 本開示の実施形態の第1の変形例に係る端末装置側の第2の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。14 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a second communication control process on the terminal device side according to a first modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure. D2D通信の用途に応じたディスカバリ信号の送信の周期の例を説明するための説明図である。It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the example of the transmission period of the discovery signal according to the use of D2D communication. 本開示の実施形態の第2の変形例に係る端末装置側の第1の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。14 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a first communication control process on the terminal device side according to a second modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure. 本開示の実施形態の第2の変形例に係る端末装置側の第2の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。14 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a second communication control process on the terminal device side according to a second modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure. 通知すべき情報を送信するための所定の複数の無線リソースの例を説明するための説明図である。It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the example of the predetermined several radio | wireless resource for transmitting the information which should be notified. 本開示の実施形態の第3の変形例に係る基地局側の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。12 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a communication control process on the base station side according to a third modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure. 本開示の実施形態の第3の変形例に係る端末装置側の第1の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。14 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a first communication control process on the terminal device side according to a third modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure. 本開示の実施形態の第3の変形例に係る端末装置側の第2の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。14 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a second communication control process on the terminal device side according to a third modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure. 本開示の実施形態の第4の変形例に係る通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すシーケンス図である。FIG. 16 is a sequence diagram illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a communication control process according to a fourth modification example of the embodiment of the present disclosure. 接続モード及びアイドルモードにおける検出処理の頻度の例を説明するための説明図である。It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the example of the frequency of the detection process in a connection mode and an idle mode. カバレッジ内での検出処理及びカバレッジ内での検出処理の頻度の例を説明するための説明図である。It is explanatory drawing for demonstrating the example of the frequency of the detection process in a coverage, and the detection process in a coverage. 本開示の実施形態の第5の変形例に係る端末装置側の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。14 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a communication control process on the terminal device side according to a fifth modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure. 本開示に係る技術が適用され得るeNBの概略的な構成の第1の例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the 1st example of the schematic structure of eNB to which the technique which concerns on this indication can be applied. 本開示に係る技術が適用され得るeNBの概略的な構成の第2の例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the 2nd example of the schematic structure of eNB to which the technique which concerns on this indication can be applied. 本開示に係る技術が適用され得るスマートフォンの概略的な構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of the schematic structure of the smart phone to which the technique which concerns on this indication can be applied. 本開示に係る技術が適用され得るカーナビゲーション装置の概略的な構成の一例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows an example of a schematic structure of the car navigation apparatus with which the technique which concerns on this indication can be applied.
 以下に添付の図面を参照しながら、本開示の好適な実施の形態について詳細に説明する。なお、本明細書及び図面において、実質的に同一の機能構成を有する構成要素については、同一の符号を付することにより重複説明を省略する。 Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the present disclosure will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings. In addition, in this specification and drawing, about the component which has the substantially same function structure, duplication description is abbreviate | omitted by attaching | subjecting the same code | symbol.
 なお、説明は以下の順序で行うものとする。
 1.はじめに
 2.通信システムの概略的な構成
 3.各通信ノードの構成
  3.1.基地局の構成
  3.2.端末装置の構成
 4.処理の流れ
 5.変形例
  5.1.第1の変形例
  5.2.第2の変形例
  5.3.第3の変形例
  5.4.第4の変形例
  5.5.第5の変形例
 6.応用例
  6.1.基地局に関する応用例
  6.2.端末装置に関する応用例
 7.まとめ
The description will be made in the following order.
1. 1. Introduction 2. Schematic configuration of communication system Configuration of each communication node 3.1. Configuration of base station 3.2. 3. Configuration of terminal device Process flow Modification 5.1. First modification 5.2. Second modification 5.3. Third modification 5.4. Fourth modified example 5.5. Fifth modification example 6. Application example 6.1. Application examples related to base stations 6.2. 6. Application examples related to terminal devices Summary
 <<1.はじめに>>
 まず、図1を参照して、D2D通信に関する技術及び考察を説明する。
<< 1. Introduction >>
First, with reference to FIG. 1, the technique and consideration regarding D2D communication are demonstrated.
 (D2D通信のユースケース)
 D2D通信についてのユースケースが、3GPPのSA(Service and Systems Aspects)1などにおいて議論され、TR 22.803に記載されている。なお、TR 22.803には、ユースケースが開示されているものの、具体的な実現手段は開示されていない。
(Use case of D2D communication)
Use cases for D2D communication are discussed in 3GPP SA (Service and Systems Aspects) 1 and the like, and described in TR 22.803. Note that TR 22.803 discloses a use case, but does not disclose a specific means for realizing it.
 -D2D通信の用途
 通常のLTEのシステムでは、基地局と端末装置とが無線通信を行うが、端末装置が互いに無線通信を行うことはなかった。しかし、パブリックセーフティの用途又はその他の一般的な用途のために、端末装置が互いに直接的に無線通信を行う手法が求められている。
-Use of D2D communication In a normal LTE system, a base station and a terminal device perform wireless communication, but the terminal devices do not perform wireless communication with each other. However, there is a need for a technique in which terminal devices directly communicate with each other for public safety applications or other general applications.
 パブリックセーフティの用途として、例えば、衝突防止の警報及び火災警報などが挙げられる。パブリックセーフティの用途は緊急性に関することが多いことが想定されるので、D2D通信において反応速度が重要になると考えられる。 用途 Public safety applications include, for example, collision prevention alarms and fire alarms. Since it is assumed that the use of public safety is often related to urgency, the reaction speed is considered to be important in D2D communication.
 一方、その他の一般的な用途として、例えば、データオフローディングが挙げられる。D2D通信によるデータオフローディングにより、セルラー通信ネットワークへの負荷を軽減することが可能になる。 On the other hand, other general uses include, for example, data offloading. Data offloading by D2D communication can reduce the load on the cellular communication network.
 -カバレッジ
 D2D通信は、基地局のカバレッジ内で行われてもよく、基地局のカバレッジ外で行われてもよい。あるいは、一方の端末装置が基地局のカバレッジ内に位置し、他方の端末装置が当該カバレッジ外に位置する場合に、これらの端末装置によりD2D通信が行われてもよい、以下、図1を参照して、ユースケースの具体例を説明する。
-Coverage D2D communication may be performed within the coverage of the base station or may be performed outside the coverage of the base station. Alternatively, when one terminal device is located within the coverage of the base station and the other terminal device is located outside the coverage, D2D communication may be performed by these terminal devices, see FIG. 1 below. A specific example of a use case will be described.
 図1は、D2D通信の例を説明するための説明図である。図1を参照すると、基地局11及び複数の端末装置21(即ち、端末装置21A~21F)が示されている。D2D通信の第1の例として、基地局11により形成されるセル10(即ち、基地局11のカバレッジ)内に位置する端末装置21A及び端末装置21Bが、D2D通信を行う。このようなD2D通信をカバレッジ内のD2D通信と呼ぶ。D2D通信の第2の例として、セル10外に位置する端末装置21C及び端末装置21Dが、D2D通信を行う。このようなD2D通信をカバレッジ外のD2D通信と呼ぶ。D2D通信の第3の例として、セル10内に位置する端末装置21Eと、セル10外に位置する端末装置21Fとが、D2D通信を行う。このようなD2D通信をパーシャルカバレッジのD2D通信と呼ぶ。パブリックセーフティの観点から、カバレッジ外のD2D通信、及びパーシャルカバレッジのD2D通信も重要である。 FIG. 1 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an example of D2D communication. Referring to FIG. 1, a base station 11 and a plurality of terminal devices 21 (that is, terminal devices 21A to 21F) are shown. As a first example of D2D communication, the terminal device 21A and the terminal device 21B located in the cell 10 formed by the base station 11 (that is, the coverage of the base station 11) perform D2D communication. Such D2D communication is called D2D communication within coverage. As a second example of D2D communication, the terminal device 21C and the terminal device 21D located outside the cell 10 perform D2D communication. Such D2D communication is called out-of-coverage D2D communication. As a third example of D2D communication, a terminal device 21E located inside the cell 10 and a terminal device 21F located outside the cell 10 perform D2D communication. Such D2D communication is called partial coverage D2D communication. From the viewpoint of public safety, D2D communication out of coverage and D2D communication in partial coverage are also important.
 (D2D通信までの流れ)
 例えば、同期(Synchronization)、ディスカバリ(Discovery)、及び接続の確立が順に行われ、その後、D2D通信が行われる。
(Flow to D2D communication)
For example, synchronization, discovery, and connection establishment are sequentially performed, and then D2D communication is performed.
 -同期
 2つの端末装置が、基地局のカバレッジ(即ち、基地局により形成されるセル)内に位置する場合、上記2つの端末装置は、上記基地局からのダウンリンク信号を用いて基地局との同期を獲得することにより、互いにある程度同期することが可能である。
-Synchronization When two terminal devices are located in the coverage of a base station (ie, a cell formed by the base station), the two terminal devices are connected to the base station using a downlink signal from the base station. By obtaining the synchronization, it is possible to synchronize with each other to some extent.
 一方、D2D通信を行おうとする2つの端末装置のうち少なくとも一方が、基地局のカバレッジ(即ち、基地局により形成されるセル)外に位置する場合、例えば、上記2つの端末装置のうちの少なくとも一方が、D2D通信での同期のために同期信号を送信する。 On the other hand, when at least one of the two terminal devices that intend to perform D2D communication is located outside the coverage of the base station (that is, a cell formed by the base station), for example, at least one of the two terminal devices. One transmits a synchronization signal for synchronization in D2D communication.
 -ディスカバリ
 ディスカバリは、端末装置が他の端末装置の近くにいることを確認(identify)するプロセスである。換言すると、ディスカバリは、端末装置が他の端末装置を発見し、あるいは端末装置が他の端末装置に発見されるプロセスとも言える。
-Discovery Discovery is a process of identifying that a terminal device is near another terminal device. In other words, it can be said that discovery is a process in which a terminal device discovers another terminal device or a terminal device is discovered by another terminal device.
 ディスカバリは、例えば、D2D通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号(Discovery Signal)の送受信により行われる。より具体的には、例えば、2つの端末装置のうちの一方の端末装置が、ディスカバリ信号を送信し、当該2つの端末装置のうちの他方の端末装置が、当該ディスカバリ信号を受信する。そして、上記他方の端末装置は、上記一方の端末装置との通信を試みる。 Discovery is performed, for example, by transmission / reception of a discovery signal (Discovery Signal) that enables another device to discover a device that performs D2D communication. More specifically, for example, one of the two terminal devices transmits a discovery signal, and the other terminal device of the two terminal devices receives the discovery signal. Then, the other terminal device attempts to communicate with the one terminal device.
 なお、D2D通信を行おうとする2つの端末装置がディスカバリ信号の送受信の前に予め同期しておくことにより、ディスカバリ信号が適切に検出される。 It should be noted that the discovery signal is appropriately detected when the two terminal devices that are to perform D2D communication are synchronized in advance before transmission and reception of the discovery signal.
 (ディスカバリ信号)
 D2D通信を行おうとする2つの端末装置が、基地局のカバレッジ内に位置する場合には、上記2つの端末装置により送信されるディスカバリ信号は、基地局と端末装置との間で送受信される信号に衝突しないことが求められる。そのため、例えば、基地局による制御に応じて、D2D通信を行おうとする2つの装置のうちの一方がディスカバリ信号を送信し得る。
(Discovery signal)
When two terminal devices that intend to perform D2D communication are located within the coverage of the base station, the discovery signal transmitted by the two terminal devices is a signal transmitted and received between the base station and the terminal device. It is required not to collide with. Therefore, for example, according to control by the base station, one of the two devices attempting to perform D2D communication can transmit a discovery signal.
 一方、D2D通信を行おうとする2つの端末装置が、基地局のカバレッジ外に位置する場合には、ディスカバリ信号は、コンテンションベース(Contention Based)の手法で送信されることが望ましい。ユニファイドデザイン(Unified Design)の観点から、カバレッジ内のD2D通信及びカバレッジ外のD2D通信の両方に、コンテンションベースの手法が採用されることが望ましい。ただし、当然ながら、カバレッジ内のD2D通信及びカバレッジ外のD2D通信の各々に、別々の手法が採用されてもよい。 On the other hand, when two terminal devices that are to perform D2D communication are located outside the coverage of the base station, it is desirable that the discovery signal is transmitted by a contention based method. From the viewpoint of unified design, it is desirable to employ a contention-based method for both D2D communication within the coverage and D2D communication outside the coverage. However, as a matter of course, different methods may be adopted for each of the D2D communication within the coverage and the D2D communication outside the coverage.
 コンテンションベースの手法とは、例えばランダムアクセスのように信号の衝突を前提として設計された手法を意味する。コンテンションベースの手法では、各端末装置が自らの判断で信号を送信する。端末装置による信号の送信がいずれかの制御局により制御される手法は、コンテンションベースの手法ではない。 The contention-based method means a method designed on the premise of signal collision such as random access. In the contention-based method, each terminal device transmits a signal based on its own judgment. A technique in which signal transmission by a terminal device is controlled by any control station is not a contention-based technique.
 (D2D通信のための無線リソース)
 基地局のカバレッジ内でD2D通信が行われる場合には、基地局と端末装置との間の無線通信に対して干渉を与えることは許されない。そこで、基地局と端末装置との間の無線通信のためのフレームフォーマットが、D2D通信におけるフレームフォーマットとして用いられることが考えられる。例えば、無線フレーム及びサブフレームが、D2D通信における時間の単位として用いられる。無線フレームは、10msの長さを有し、サブフレームは、1msの長さを有する。一例として、無線フレームの中の特定のサブフレームがD2D通信のための無線リソースとして開放される。このようなD2D通信のための無線リソースを基地局が端末装置に報知しおけば、基地局と端末装置との間の無線通信にD2D通信が干渉を与えることを回避することができる。なお、例えば、リソースブロックが、D2D通信における無線リソースの単位として用いられる。当該リソースブロックは、周波数方向において12サブキャリアに及び、時間方向において7OFDMシンボルに及ぶ無線リソースである。
(Radio resource for D2D communication)
When D2D communication is performed within the coverage of the base station, it is not allowed to interfere with radio communication between the base station and the terminal device. Therefore, it is conceivable that a frame format for wireless communication between the base station and the terminal device is used as a frame format in D2D communication. For example, a radio frame and a subframe are used as a unit of time in D2D communication. The radio frame has a length of 10 ms, and the subframe has a length of 1 ms. As an example, a specific subframe in a radio frame is released as a radio resource for D2D communication. If the base station informs the terminal device of such radio resources for D2D communication, it is possible to avoid the interference of the D2D communication with the radio communication between the base station and the terminal device. For example, a resource block is used as a unit of radio resources in D2D communication. The resource block is a radio resource that covers 12 subcarriers in the frequency direction and covers 7 OFDM symbols in the time direction.
 一方、基地局のカバレッジ外でD2D通信が行われる場合には、基地局と端末装置との間の無線通信にD2D通信が干渉を与える可能性は低いと考えてもよい。しかし、異なるD2D通信が狭い領域内で行われ得るので、異なるD2D通信の間での干渉が考慮されることが望ましい。例えば、コンテンションベースの手法が用いられる。具体的には、例えば、衝突により信号が適切に送受信されなかった場合には、信号の再送が行われる。 On the other hand, when D2D communication is performed outside the coverage of the base station, it may be considered that the possibility that the D2D communication interferes with the wireless communication between the base station and the terminal device is low. However, it is desirable to consider interference between different D2D communications, since different D2D communications can occur within a narrow area. For example, a contention based approach is used. Specifically, for example, when a signal is not properly transmitted and received due to a collision, the signal is retransmitted.
 上述したように、D2D通信でも、基地局と端末装置との間の無線通信のためのフレームフォーマットが用いられる場合には、アップリンクの無線リソースのうちのいずれかのサブフレームの無線リソースがD2D通信のために使用されることが考えられる。アップリンクでは、サブフレームにおいていずれの端末装置に対しても無線リソースが割り当てられなければ、当該サブフレームでは、いずれの信号も送信されないからである。一方、ダウンリンクでは、いずれの端末装置にも無線リソースが割り当てられなかったとしても、いずれのサブフレームにおいてもリファレンス信号が送信される。そのため、ダウンリンクでは、D2D通信の信号とリファレンス信号とが衝突し得る。 As described above, even in D2D communication, when the frame format for wireless communication between the base station and the terminal device is used, the radio resource of any subframe of the uplink radio resources is D2D. It can be used for communication. This is because, in the uplink, if no radio resource is allocated to any terminal apparatus in the subframe, no signal is transmitted in the subframe. On the other hand, on the downlink, even if no radio resource is assigned to any terminal apparatus, a reference signal is transmitted in any subframe. Therefore, on the downlink, the D2D communication signal and the reference signal may collide.
 (ディスカバリに関する負荷)
 ディスカバリに関する端末装置の負荷として、ディスカバリ信号の送信の負荷と、ディスカバリ信号の検出処理の負荷とがある。ここでの負荷には、消費電力の観点での負荷、及び処理の複雑さの観点での負荷などが含まれ得る。
(Discovery load)
As a load on a terminal device related to discovery, there are a load of transmission of a discovery signal and a load of detection processing of a discovery signal. The load here may include a load in terms of power consumption, a load in terms of processing complexity, and the like.
 <<2.通信システムの概略的な構成>>
 続いて、図2を参照して、本開示の実施形態に係る通信システム1の概略的な構成を説明する。図2は、本開示の実施形態に係る通信システム1の概略的な構成の一例を示す説明図である。図2を参照すると、通信システム1は、基地局100及び複数の端末装置100を含む。通信システム1は、例えば、LTE、LTE-Advanced、又はこれらに準ずる通信方式に従ったシステムである。
<< 2. Schematic configuration of communication system >>
Next, a schematic configuration of the communication system 1 according to the embodiment of the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 2 is an explanatory diagram illustrating an example of a schematic configuration of the communication system 1 according to the embodiment of the present disclosure. Referring to FIG. 2, the communication system 1 includes a base station 100 and a plurality of terminal devices 100. The communication system 1 is, for example, a system that complies with LTE, LTE-Advanced, or a communication method based on these.
 (基地局100)
 基地局100は、端末装置200との無線通信を行う。例えば、基地局100は、セル10内に位置する端末装置200との無線通信を行う。
(Base station 100)
The base station 100 performs wireless communication with the terminal device 200. For example, the base station 100 performs wireless communication with the terminal device 200 located in the cell 10.
 (端末装置200)
 端末装置200は、基地局100との無線通信を行う。例えば、端末装置200は、セル10内に位置する場合に、基地局100との無線通信を行う。
(Terminal device 200)
The terminal device 200 performs wireless communication with the base station 100. For example, the terminal device 200 performs wireless communication with the base station 100 when located in the cell 10.
 とりわけ本開示の実施形態では、端末装置200は、他の端末装置200とのD2D通信を行う。例えば、端末装置200は、セル10(即ち、基地局100のカバレッジ)内に位置する場合に、セル10内に位置する他の端末装置200とのカバレッジ内のD2D通信を行う。さらに、端末装置200は、セル10内に位置する場合に、セル10外に位置する他の端末装置200とのパーシャルカバレッジのD2D通信を行ってもよい。また、端末装置200は、セル10外に位置する場合に、セル10外に位置する他の端末装置200とのカバレッジ外のD2D通信を行ってもよく、セル10内に位置する他の端末装置200とのパーシャルカバレッジのD2D通信を行ってもよい。 In particular, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the terminal device 200 performs D2D communication with another terminal device 200. For example, when the terminal device 200 is located within the cell 10 (that is, the coverage of the base station 100), the terminal device 200 performs D2D communication within the coverage with another terminal device 200 located within the cell 10. Further, when the terminal device 200 is located in the cell 10, the terminal device 200 may perform D2D communication with partial coverage with another terminal device 200 located outside the cell 10. In addition, when the terminal device 200 is located outside the cell 10, the terminal device 200 may perform out-of-coverage D2D communication with another terminal device 200 located outside the cell 10, and the other terminal device located within the cell 10. Partial D2D communication with 200 may be performed.
 なお、例えば、D2D通信のためのフレームフォーマットとして、基地局と端末装置との間の無線通信のためのフレームフォーマットが用いられる。例えば、無線フレーム及びサブフレームが、D2D通信における時間の単位として用いられる。さらに、例えば、D2D通信でも、OFDM(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing)が用いられ、リソースブロックが無線リソースの単位として用いられる。当該リソースブロックは、周波数方向において12サブキャリアに及び、時間方向において7OFDMシンボルに及ぶ無線リソースである。 Note that, for example, a frame format for wireless communication between a base station and a terminal device is used as a frame format for D2D communication. For example, a radio frame and a subframe are used as a unit of time in D2D communication. Furthermore, for example, also in D2D communication, OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) is used, and resource blocks are used as units of radio resources. The resource block is a radio resource that covers 12 subcarriers in the frequency direction and covers 7 OFDM symbols in the time direction.
 <<3.各通信ノードの構成>>
 続いて、図3~図5を参照して、本開示の実施形態に係る基地局100及び端末装置200の構成を説明する。
<< 3. Configuration of each communication node >>
Subsequently, configurations of the base station 100 and the terminal device 200 according to the embodiment of the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIGS. 3 to 5.
 <3.1.基地局の構成>
 まず、図3及び図4を参照して、本開示の実施形態に係る基地局100の構成の一例を説明する。図3は、本開示の実施形態に係る基地局100の構成の一例を示すブロック図である。図3を参照すると、基地局100は、アンテナ部110、無線通信部120、ネットワーク通信部130、記憶部140及び処理部150を備える。
<3.1. Base station configuration>
First, an example of the configuration of the base station 100 according to the embodiment of the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIGS. 3 and 4. FIG. 3 is a block diagram illustrating an exemplary configuration of the base station 100 according to the embodiment of the present disclosure. Referring to FIG. 3, the base station 100 includes an antenna unit 110, a wireless communication unit 120, a network communication unit 130, a storage unit 140, and a processing unit 150.
 (アンテナ部110)
 アンテナ部110は、無線通信部120により出力される信号を電波として空間に放射する。また、アンテナ部110は、空間の電波を信号に変換し、当該信号を無線通信部120へ出力する。
(Antenna unit 110)
The antenna unit 110 radiates the signal output from the wireless communication unit 120 to space as a radio wave. Further, the antenna unit 110 converts radio waves in space into a signal and outputs the signal to the wireless communication unit 120.
 (無線通信部120)
 無線通信部120は、無線通信を行う。例えば、無線通信部120は、セル10内に位置する端末装置200へのダウンリンク信号を送信し、セル10内に位置する端末装置200からのアップリンク信号を受信する。
(Wireless communication unit 120)
The wireless communication unit 120 performs wireless communication. For example, the radio communication unit 120 transmits a downlink signal to the terminal device 200 located in the cell 10 and receives an uplink signal from the terminal device 200 located in the cell 10.
 (ネットワーク通信部130)
 ネットワーク通信部130は、他の通信ノードと通信する。例えば、ネットワーク通信部130は、コアネットワーク及び他の基地局と通信する。
(Network communication unit 130)
The network communication unit 130 communicates with other communication nodes. For example, the network communication unit 130 communicates with the core network and other base stations.
 (記憶部140)
 記憶部140は、基地局100の動作のためのプログラム及びデータを一時的にまたは恒久的に記憶する。
(Storage unit 140)
The storage unit 140 temporarily or permanently stores a program and data for the operation of the base station 100.
 (処理部150)
 処理部150は、基地局100の様々な機能を提供する。処理部150は、情報取得部151及び通信制御部153を含む。
(Processing unit 150)
The processing unit 150 provides various functions of the base station 100. The processing unit 150 includes an information acquisition unit 151 and a communication control unit 153.
 (情報取得部151)
 情報取得部151は、通信制御部153による制御のための情報を取得する。
(Information acquisition unit 151)
The information acquisition unit 151 acquires information for control by the communication control unit 153.
 とりわけ本開示の実施形態では、情報取得部151は、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得する。当該無線フレームは、セルラー通信の単位時間である。また、上記ディスカバリ信号は、D2D通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にする信号である。 In particular, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the information acquisition unit 151 acquires radio frame information indicating a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal. The radio frame is a unit time of cellular communication. The discovery signal is a signal that allows another device to discover a device that performs D2D communication.
 上記無線フレーム情報は、例えば、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための上記無線フレームのシステムフレーム番号(System Frame Number:SFN)を示す。以下、図4を参照して、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームの具体例を説明する。 The radio frame information indicates, for example, a system frame number (SFN) of the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal. Hereinafter, a specific example of a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal will be described with reference to FIG.
 図4は、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームの例を説明するための説明図である。図4を参照すると、SFNが0~1023である一連の無線フレームの一部が示されている。例えば、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームは、周期31ごとに到来する無線フレームである。即ち、この例では、周期31は、10無線フレーム(即ち、100ms)であり、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームは、SFNが10の整数倍である無線フレーム(SFNが0、10、20などである無線フレーム)である。例えば、パブリックセーフティの用途の場合に求められる反応速度が0.1秒(即ち、100ms)である場合に、このような周期31でディスカバリ信号が送信され得る。 FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an example of a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal. Referring to FIG. 4, a part of a series of radio frames having an SFN of 0 to 1023 is shown. For example, a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal is a radio frame that arrives every period 31. That is, in this example, the period 31 is 10 radio frames (that is, 100 ms), and the radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal is a radio frame having an SFN that is an integer multiple of 10 (SFN is 0, 10, 20). And so on). For example, the discovery signal can be transmitted in such a period 31 when the reaction speed required for public safety applications is 0.1 seconds (ie, 100 ms).
 ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームは、例えば、予め定められ、当該無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報は、記憶部140に記憶される。情報取得部151は、記憶部140から上記無線フレーム情報を取得する。一例として、上記無線フレーム情報はシステム情報に含まれ、上記無線フレーム情報を含む上記システム情報が、記憶部140に記憶される。そして、情報取得部151は、記憶部140から、上記無線フレーム情報を含む上記システム情報を取得する。なお、上記無線フレーム情報が、記憶部140に記憶されず、他の装置に記憶されている場合には、情報取得部151は、例えば、ネットワーク通信部130を介して、上記他の装置からの上記無線フレーム情報を取得してもよい。 The radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal is determined in advance, for example, and radio frame information indicating the radio frame is stored in the storage unit 140. The information acquisition unit 151 acquires the radio frame information from the storage unit 140. As an example, the radio frame information is included in system information, and the system information including the radio frame information is stored in the storage unit 140. Then, the information acquisition unit 151 acquires the system information including the radio frame information from the storage unit 140. When the wireless frame information is not stored in the storage unit 140 but is stored in another device, the information acquisition unit 151 receives the information from the other device via the network communication unit 130, for example. The radio frame information may be acquired.
 上記無線フレーム情報は、ディスカバリ信号が送信される無線フレームのSFNそのものを含むことにより、上記SFNを示してもよく、上記SFNを識別するための情報(例えば、SFNの周期又はSFNの条件など)を含むことにより、上記SFNを示してもよい。 The radio frame information may indicate the SFN by including the SFN itself of the radio frame in which the discovery signal is transmitted, and information for identifying the SFN (for example, an SFN cycle or an SFN condition) The SFN may be indicated by including
 (通信制御部153)
 通信制御部153は、無線通信に関する制御を行う。
(Communication control unit 153)
The communication control unit 153 performs control related to wireless communication.
 とりわけ本開示の実施形態はでは、通信制御部153は、上記無線フレーム情報の端末装置200への送信を制御する。 Particularly in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the communication control unit 153 controls transmission of the radio frame information to the terminal device 200.
 例えば、上記無線フレーム情報は、システム情報の一部として送信される。即ち、通信制御部153は、上記無線フレーム情報がシステム情報の一部として送信されるように、上記無線フレーム情報の端末装置200への送信を制御する。具体的な処理として、例えば、通信制御部153は、上記無線フレーム情報を含むシステム情報を、当該システム情報に割り当てられる無線リソースにマッピングする。その結果、上記無線リソース情報は、システム情報の一部として送信される。なお、上記無線フレーム情報は、システム情報の一部として送信される代わりに、端末装置200への個別のシグナリングにより送信されてもよい。 For example, the radio frame information is transmitted as part of the system information. That is, the communication control unit 153 controls transmission of the radio frame information to the terminal device 200 so that the radio frame information is transmitted as part of the system information. As a specific process, for example, the communication control unit 153 maps the system information including the radio frame information to the radio resource allocated to the system information. As a result, the radio resource information is transmitted as part of the system information. Note that the radio frame information may be transmitted by individual signaling to the terminal device 200 instead of being transmitted as part of the system information.
 これにより、例えば、D2D通信を行う端末装置200にとっての負荷を抑えることが可能になる。 Thereby, for example, it is possible to reduce the load on the terminal device 200 that performs D2D communication.
 具体的には、例えば、端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームで送信される信号に対して、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行えば、ディスカバリ信号を素早く確実に検出することができる。そのため、端末装置200は、上記無線フレーム以外の無線フレームで送信される信号に対して上記検出処理を行わなくてもよい。即ち、端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号の素早く確実な検出のために、高頻度で上記検出処理を行わなくてもよい。したがって、ディスカバリ信号の検出処理に要する負荷が抑えられ得る。 Specifically, for example, if the terminal device 200 performs detection processing for detecting a discovery signal on a signal transmitted in a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal, the terminal device 200 can quickly and reliably detect the discovery signal. can do. Therefore, the terminal device 200 may not perform the detection process on a signal transmitted in a radio frame other than the radio frame. That is, the terminal device 200 does not have to perform the detection process frequently in order to quickly and reliably detect the discovery signal. Therefore, the load required for the discovery signal detection process can be suppressed.
 また、例えば、端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信し、当該無線フレーム以外の無線フレームではディスカバリ信号を送信しなくてもよい。即ち、端末装置200は、他の端末装置200によるディスカバリ信号の素早く確実な検出のために、高頻度でディスカバリ信号を送信しなくてもよい。したがって、ディスカバリ信号の送信に要する負荷が抑えられ得る。 For example, the terminal device 200 may transmit the discovery signal in a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal, and may not transmit the discovery signal in a radio frame other than the radio frame. That is, the terminal device 200 does not need to transmit the discovery signal at a high frequency in order for the other terminal device 200 to quickly and reliably detect the discovery signal. Therefore, the load required for transmitting the discovery signal can be suppressed.
 なお、一般的なページングでは、端末装置がページングメッセージを受信する無線フレームは、端末装置によって異なるので、基地局は、全ての端末装置のために、ページングメッセージを高頻度で送信する。一方、ディスカバリ信号を受信する無線フレームは、端末装置200間で共通であってもよいので、端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号を高頻度で送信しなくてもよい。即ち、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームは、ページングフレームのように、高頻度で現れなくてもよい。そのため、ディスカバリ信号の送信に要する負荷が抑えられ得る。 In general paging, since the radio frame from which the terminal device receives the paging message varies depending on the terminal device, the base station transmits the paging message at a high frequency for all the terminal devices. On the other hand, since the radio frame for receiving the discovery signal may be common among the terminal devices 200, the terminal device 200 may not transmit the discovery signal with high frequency. That is, the radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal may not appear as frequently as the paging frame. Therefore, the load required for transmitting the discovery signal can be suppressed.
 <3.2.端末装置の構成>
 次に、図5を参照して、本開示の実施形態に係る端末装置200の構成の一例を説明する。図5は、本開示の実施形態に係る端末装置200の構成の一例を示すブロック図である。図5を参照すると、端末装置200は、アンテナ部210、無線通信部220、記憶部230、入力部240、表示部250及び処理部260を備える。
<3.2. Configuration of terminal device>
Next, an example of a configuration of the terminal device 200 according to the embodiment of the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a block diagram illustrating an exemplary configuration of the terminal device 200 according to the embodiment of the present disclosure. Referring to FIG. 5, the terminal device 200 includes an antenna unit 210, a wireless communication unit 220, a storage unit 230, an input unit 240, a display unit 250, and a processing unit 260.
 (アンテナ部210)
 アンテナ部210は、無線通信部220により出力される信号を電波として空間に放射する。また、アンテナ部210は、空間の電波を信号に変換し、当該信号を無線通信部220へ出力する。
(Antenna unit 210)
The antenna unit 210 radiates the signal output from the wireless communication unit 220 to the space as a radio wave. Further, the antenna unit 210 converts a radio wave in the space into a signal and outputs the signal to the wireless communication unit 220.
 (無線通信部220)
 無線通信部220は、無線通信を行う。例えば、無線通信部220は、端末装置200がセル10内に位置する場合に、基地局100からのダウンリンク信号を受信し、基地局100へのアップリンク信号を送信する。また、例えば、無線通信部220は、D2D通信において、他の端末装置200からの信号を受信し、他の端末装置200への信号を送信する。
(Wireless communication unit 220)
The wireless communication unit 220 performs wireless communication. For example, when the terminal device 200 is located in the cell 10, the radio communication unit 220 receives a downlink signal from the base station 100 and transmits an uplink signal to the base station 100. For example, the radio communication unit 220 receives a signal from another terminal device 200 and transmits a signal to the other terminal device 200 in the D2D communication.
 (記憶部230)
 記憶部230は、端末装置200の動作のためのプログラム及びデータを一時的にまたは恒久的に記憶する。
(Storage unit 230)
The storage unit 230 temporarily or permanently stores programs and data for the operation of the terminal device 200.
 (入力部240)
 入力部240は、端末装置200のユーザによる入力を受け付ける。そして、入力部240は、入力結果を処理部260に提供する。
(Input unit 240)
The input unit 240 receives input from the user of the terminal device 200. Then, the input unit 240 provides the input result to the processing unit 260.
 (表示部250)
 表示部250は、端末装置200からの出力画面(即ち、出力画像)を表示する。例えば、表示部250は、処理部260(表示制御部265)による制御に応じて、出力画面を表示する。
(Display unit 250)
The display unit 250 displays an output screen (that is, an output image) from the terminal device 200. For example, the display unit 250 displays an output screen in accordance with control by the processing unit 260 (display control unit 265).
 (処理部260)
 処理部260は、端末装置200の様々な機能を提供する。処理部260は、情報取得部261、通信制御部263及び表示制御部265を含む。
(Processing unit 260)
The processing unit 260 provides various functions of the terminal device 200. The processing unit 260 includes an information acquisition unit 261, a communication control unit 263, and a display control unit 265.
 (情報取得部261)
 情報取得部261は、通信制御部263による制御のための情報を取得する。
(Information acquisition unit 261)
The information acquisition unit 261 acquires information for control by the communication control unit 263.
 とりわけ本開示の実施形態では、情報取得部261は、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得する。当該無線フレーム情報の具体的な内容は、上述したとおりである。 In particular, in the embodiment of the present disclosure, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires radio frame information indicating a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal. The specific contents of the radio frame information are as described above.
 例えば、上記無線フレーム情報は、システム情報の一部として基地局100により送信される。この場合に、情報取得部261は、上記システム情報に含まれる上記無線フレーム情報を取得する。 For example, the radio frame information is transmitted by the base station 100 as part of the system information. In this case, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires the radio frame information included in the system information.
 なお、上記無線フレーム情報は、システム情報の一部として送信される代わりに、端末装置200への個別のシグナリングにより送信されてもよい。また、上記無線フレーム情報は、基地局100により送信されず、端末装置200(記憶部230)に予め記憶されていてもよい。この点については、後述する本開示の実施形態の各変形例でも同様である。 Note that the radio frame information may be transmitted by individual signaling to the terminal device 200 instead of being transmitted as part of the system information. Further, the radio frame information may not be transmitted by the base station 100 but may be stored in advance in the terminal device 200 (storage unit 230). This also applies to each modified example of the embodiment of the present disclosure described later.
 (通信制御部263)
 通信制御部263は、端末装置200の無線通信に関する制御を行う。
(Communication control unit 263)
The communication control unit 263 performs control related to wireless communication of the terminal device 200.
 -ディスカバリ信号の送信に関する制御
 例えば、端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号の送信側として、ディスカバリ信号を送信する。この場合に、通信制御部263は、上記無線フレーム情報に基づいて、ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する。
Control for transmission of discovery signal For example, the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal as a transmission side of the discovery signal. In this case, the communication control unit 263 controls transmission of discovery signals based on the radio frame information.
 具体的には、例えば、端末装置200が、ディスカバリ信号を送信する場合に、通信制御部263は、上記無線フレーム情報により示される無線フレームでディスカバリ信号が送信され、他の無線フレームではディスカバリ信号が送信されないように、ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する。一例として、図4を再び参照すると、通信制御部263は、SFNが10の整数倍である無線フレーム(SFNが0、10、20などである無線フレーム)でディスカバリ信号が送信され、他の無線フレームではディスカバリ信号が送信されないように、ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する。なお、ディスカバリ信号は、例えば、上記無線フレーム情報により示される無線フレーム内の所定の無線リソース(例えば、所定のサブフレームの所定のリソースブロック)で送信される。 Specifically, for example, when the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal, the communication control unit 263 transmits the discovery signal in the radio frame indicated by the radio frame information, and the discovery signal is transmitted in other radio frames. The discovery signal transmission is controlled so as not to be transmitted. As an example, referring to FIG. 4 again, the communication control unit 263 transmits a discovery signal in a radio frame having an SFN that is an integer multiple of 10 (a radio frame having an SFN of 0, 10, 20, or the like), and transmits other radio signals. The discovery signal transmission is controlled so that the discovery signal is not transmitted in the frame. The discovery signal is transmitted using, for example, a predetermined radio resource (for example, a predetermined resource block of a predetermined subframe) in the radio frame indicated by the radio frame information.
 具体的な処理として、例えば、通信制御部263は、上記無線フレーム情報により示される無線フレーム内の所定の無線リソースに、ディスカバリ信号をマッピングする。これにより、ディスカバリ信号が、上記無線フレーム情報により示される無線フレーム内の所定の無線リソースで送信される。 As a specific process, for example, the communication control unit 263 maps the discovery signal to a predetermined radio resource in the radio frame indicated by the radio frame information. As a result, the discovery signal is transmitted using the predetermined radio resource in the radio frame indicated by the radio frame information.
 -ディスカバリ信号の検出に関する制御
 例えば、端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号の受信側として、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行う。この場合に、通信制御部263は、上記無線フレーム情報に基づいて、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を制御する。
Control for Discovery Signal Detection For example, the terminal device 200 performs detection processing for detecting a discovery signal as a discovery signal reception side. In this case, the communication control unit 263 controls detection processing for detecting a discovery signal based on the radio frame information.
 具体的には、例えば、端末装置200が、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行う場合に、通信制御部263は、上記無線フレーム情報により示される無線フレームで送信される信号に対して上記検出処理が行われ、他の無線フレームで送信される信号に対しては上記検出処理が行われないように、上記検出処理を制御する。一例として、図4を再び参照すると、通信制御部263は、SFNが10の整数倍である無線フレーム(SFNが0、10、20などである無線フレーム)で送信される信号に対して上記検出処理が行われ、他の無線フレームで送信される信号に対して上記検出処理が行われないように、上記検出処理を制御する。なお、上記検出処理は、例えば、上記無線フレーム情報により示される無線フレーム内の所定の無線リソース(例えば、所定のサブフレームの所定のリソースブロック)で送信される信号に対して行われる。 Specifically, for example, when the terminal device 200 performs a detection process for detecting a discovery signal, the communication control unit 263 performs the above process on the signal transmitted in the radio frame indicated by the radio frame information. The detection process is controlled so that the detection process is not performed on signals transmitted in other radio frames. As an example, referring to FIG. 4 again, the communication control unit 263 detects the above-described detection with respect to a signal transmitted in a radio frame having an SFN that is an integer multiple of 10 (a radio frame having an SFN of 0, 10, 20, etc.). The detection process is controlled so that the process is performed and the detection process is not performed on a signal transmitted in another radio frame. The detection process is performed on a signal transmitted with a predetermined radio resource (for example, a predetermined resource block of a predetermined subframe) in the radio frame indicated by the radio frame information.
 具体的な処理として、例えば、通信制御部263は、上記無線フレーム情報により示される無線フレーム内の所定の無線リソースで送信される信号の系列が、ディスカバリ信号の系列に合致するかを判定する。これらの系列が合致する場合に、ディスカバリ信号が検出され、これらの系列が合致しない場合に、ディスカバリ信号は検出されない。 As a specific process, for example, the communication control unit 263 determines whether a sequence of signals transmitted with a predetermined radio resource in the radio frame indicated by the radio frame information matches a discovery signal sequence. A discovery signal is detected when these sequences match, and no discovery signal is detected when these sequences do not match.
 -SFNを含むシステム情報の送信に関する制御
 なお、通信制御部263は、システムフレーム番号(SFN)を含むシステム情報の送信を制御してもよい。即ち、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、端末装置200が、SFNを含むシステム情報を送信してもよい。一例として、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、端末装置200は、SFNを含むMIB(Master Information Block)を送信してもよい。
-Control related to transmission of system information including SFN The communication control unit 263 may control transmission of system information including a system frame number (SFN). That is, the terminal device 200 may transmit system information including SFN according to control by the communication control unit 263. As an example, the terminal device 200 may transmit an MIB (Master Information Block) including SFN in accordance with control by the communication control unit 263.
 これにより、例えば、2つ以上の端末装置200が、基地局100のカバレッジ(セル10)外に位置する場合であっても、当該2つ以上の端末装置200の間で、SFNを共有することが可能になる。 Thereby, for example, even when two or more terminal devices 200 are located outside the coverage (cell 10) of the base station 100, the SFN is shared between the two or more terminal devices 200. Is possible.
 (表示制御部265)
 表示制御部265は、表示部250による出力画面の表示を制御する。例えば、表示制御部265は、表示部250により表示される出力画面を生成し、当該出力画面を表示部250に表示させる。
(Display control unit 265)
The display control unit 265 controls display of the output screen by the display unit 250. For example, the display control unit 265 generates an output screen displayed by the display unit 250 and causes the display unit 250 to display the output screen.
 <<4.処理の流れ>>
 続いて、図6~図8を参照して、本開示の実施形態に係る通信制御処理を説明する。
<< 4. Process flow >>
Subsequently, a communication control process according to an embodiment of the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIGS.
 (基地局側の通信制御処理)
 図6は、本開示の実施形態に係る基地局側の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。
(Communication control processing on the base station side)
FIG. 6 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of communication control processing on the base station side according to the embodiment of the present disclosure.
 まず、情報取得部151は、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を含むシステム情報を取得する(S401)。 First, the information acquisition unit 151 acquires system information including radio frame information indicating a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal (S401).
 そして、基地局100は、通信制御部153による制御に応じて、上記無線フレーム情報を含む上記システム情報を送信する(S403)。そして、処理は終了する。 The base station 100 transmits the system information including the radio frame information according to the control by the communication control unit 153 (S403). Then, the process ends.
 なお、上述した通信制御処理は、上記システム情報の送信のたびに行われる。 Note that the communication control process described above is performed each time the system information is transmitted.
 (端末装置側の第1の通信制御処理:ディスカバリ信号の送信)
 図7は、本開示の実施形態に係る端末装置側の第1の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。当該第1の通信制御処理は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を送信する場合に行われる処理である。
(First communication control process on the terminal device side: transmission of discovery signal)
FIG. 7 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of the first communication control process on the terminal device side according to the embodiment of the present disclosure. The first communication control process is a process performed when the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal.
 無線フレームが、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームである場合に(S501:Yes)、端末装置200は、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、上記無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信する(S503)。そして、システムフレーム番号がインクリメントされ(S505)、処理は繰り返される。 When the radio frame is a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal (S501: Yes), the terminal device 200 transmits the discovery signal in the radio frame according to the control by the communication control unit 263 (S503). . Then, the system frame number is incremented (S505), and the process is repeated.
 一方、無線フレームが、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームではない場合には(S501:No)、ディスカバリ信号は送信されない。そして、システムフレーム番号がインクリメントされ(S505)、処理は繰り返される。 On the other hand, when the radio frame is not a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal (S501: No), the discovery signal is not transmitted. Then, the system frame number is incremented (S505), and the process is repeated.
 (端末装置側の第2の通信制御処理:ディスカバリ信号の検出)
 図8は、本開示の実施形態に係る端末装置側の第2の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。当該第2の通信制御処理は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行う場合に行われる処理である。
(Second communication control processing on the terminal device side: discovery signal detection)
FIG. 8 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of the second communication control process on the terminal device side according to the embodiment of the present disclosure. The second communication control process is a process performed when the terminal device 200 performs a detection process for detecting a discovery signal.
 無線フレームが、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームである場合に(S601:Yes)、端末装置200は、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、上記無線フレームで送信される信号に対して、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行う(S603)。そして、システムフレーム番号がインクリメントされ(S605)、処理は繰り返される。 When the radio frame is a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal (S601: Yes), the terminal device 200 responds to the signal transmitted in the radio frame according to the control by the communication control unit 263. A detection process for detecting a discovery signal is performed (S603). Then, the system frame number is incremented (S605), and the process is repeated.
 無線フレームが、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームではない場合には(S601:No)、上記無線フレームで送信される信号に対して上記検出処理は行われない。そして、システムフレーム番号がインクリメントされ(S605)、処理は繰り返される。 If the radio frame is not a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal (S601: No), the detection process is not performed on the signal transmitted in the radio frame. Then, the system frame number is incremented (S605), and the process is repeated.
 <<5.変形例>>
 続いて、図9~図22を参照して、本開示の実施形態の第1~第5の変形例を説明する。
<< 5. Modification >>
Next, first to fifth modifications of the embodiment of the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIGS.
 <5.1.第1の変形例>
 まず、図9~図11を参照して、本開示の実施形態の第1の変形例を説明する。
<5.1. First Modification>
First, a first modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIGS. 9 to 11.
 (概略)
 第1の変形例では、ディスカバリ信号が送信される複数の無線フレームの各々は、2つ以上の意味のうちのいずれか1つの意味に対応する。そして、送信側の端末装置200は、通知すべき意味に対応する無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信し、受信側の端末装置200は、当該ディスカバリ信号が検出されると、上記無線フレームに対応する意味を識別する。
(Outline)
In the first modification, each of the plurality of radio frames to which the discovery signal is transmitted corresponds to any one of two or more meanings. Then, the transmission-side terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal in a radio frame corresponding to the meaning to be notified, and the reception-side terminal device 200 has a meaning corresponding to the radio frame when the discovery signal is detected. Identify
 これにより、例えば、ディスカバリ信号の送受信のみで、送信側の端末装置200が通知すべき意味を、受信側の端末装置200が識別することが可能になる。そのため、意味の伝達を迅速に行うことが可能になる。より具体的には、例えば、D2D通信において、複数回のトランザクションを経て接続が確立された後に、意味を示すデータが送受信される場合には、意味の伝達に要する時間が長くなる。一方、意味に対応する無線フレームでディスカバリ信号が送受信される場合には、意味の伝達に要する時間が短くなる。そのため、意味の伝達が迅速になる。なお、D2D通信の用途がパブリックセーフティの用途である場合には、緊急性が高いので、このような迅速な意味の伝達が特に有効である。 Thus, for example, the receiving-side terminal device 200 can identify the meaning to be notified by the transmitting-side terminal device 200 only by transmitting and receiving a discovery signal. Therefore, it becomes possible to transmit the meaning quickly. More specifically, for example, in D2D communication, when data indicating meaning is transmitted / received after a connection is established through a plurality of transactions, the time required to transmit the meaning becomes long. On the other hand, when a discovery signal is transmitted and received in a radio frame corresponding to the meaning, the time required for transmitting the meaning is shortened. Therefore, the transmission of meaning becomes quick. In addition, since the urgency is high when the use of D2D communication is a use of public safety, such rapid transmission of meaning is particularly effective.
 (無線フレーム情報)
 とりわけ第1の変形例では、上記無線フレーム情報は、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための複数の無線フレームを示す。一例として、図4に示される例のように、上記無線フレーム情報は、SFNが10の整数倍である無線フレーム(SFNが0、10、20などである無線フレーム)を示す。
(Radio frame information)
In particular, in the first modification, the radio frame information indicates a plurality of radio frames for transmitting a discovery signal. As an example, as in the example illustrated in FIG. 4, the radio frame information indicates a radio frame having an SFN that is an integer multiple of 10 (a radio frame having an SFN of 0, 10, 20, or the like).
 さらに、とりわけ第1の変形例では、当該複数の無線フレームの各々は、2つ以上の意味のうちのいずれか1つの意味に対応する。当該2つ以上の意味は、例えば、パブリックセーフティに関する意味を含む。以下、図9を参照して、無線フレームと意味との対応関係の具体例を説明する。 Further, particularly in the first modification, each of the plurality of radio frames corresponds to any one of two or more meanings. The two or more meanings include, for example, meanings related to public safety. Hereinafter, a specific example of the correspondence between the radio frame and the meaning will be described with reference to FIG.
 図9は、無線フレームと意味との対応関係の一例を説明するための説明図である。図9を参照すると、意味と無線フレームとの対応関係が示されている。例えば、SFNが100、200及び300である無線フレームは、火災警報という意味に対応し、SFNが500、600及び700である無線フレームは、盗難警報という意味に対応する。 FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an example of a correspondence relationship between a radio frame and a meaning. Referring to FIG. 9, the correspondence between meanings and radio frames is shown. For example, radio frames with SFN of 100, 200, and 300 correspond to the meaning of fire alarm, and radio frames with SFN of 500, 600, and 700 correspond to the meaning of theft alarm.
 図9に示される意味の例(火災警報及び盗難警報)は、D2D通信の用途とも言える。このように、上記2つ以上の意味の各々は、D2D通信の用途と一致してもよい。 The example of the meaning shown in FIG. 9 (fire alarm and theft alarm) can also be said to be an application of D2D communication. Thus, each of the two or more meanings may coincide with the application of D2D communication.
 なお、例えば、上記無線フレーム情報は、上記複数の無線フレームの各々が上記2つ以上の意味のうちのいずれの意味に対応するかをさらに示す。一例として、上記無線フレーム情報は、例えば図9に示されるような対応関係を示す。これにより、例えば、端末装置200が予め上記対応関係を知ることが可能になる。当然ながら、上記無線フレーム情報は、上記複数の無線フレームを示す情報と、上記複数の無線フレームの各々が上記2つ以上の意味のうちのいずれの意味に対応するかを示す情報とを、一体的な情報として含んでもよく、別々の情報として含んでもよい。 Note that, for example, the radio frame information further indicates which of the two or more meanings corresponds to each of the plurality of radio frames. As an example, the radio frame information indicates a correspondence relationship as shown in FIG. 9, for example. Accordingly, for example, the terminal device 200 can know the correspondence relationship in advance. Of course, the radio frame information is a combination of information indicating the plurality of radio frames and information indicating which of the two or more meanings each of the plurality of radio frames corresponds to. Information may be included as separate information, or may be included as separate information.
 (基地局100:通信制御部153)
 上述したように、通信制御部153は、上記無線フレーム情報の端末装置200への送信を制御する。
(Base station 100: communication control unit 153)
As described above, the communication control unit 153 controls transmission of the radio frame information to the terminal device 200.
 上述したように、上記無線フレーム情報は、上記複数の無線フレームを示す情報と、上記複数の無線フレームの各々が上記2つ以上の意味のうちのいずれの意味に対応するかを示す情報とを、別々の情報として含んでもよい。この場合に、通信制御部153は、当該別々の情報が別々に送信されるように上記無線フレーム情報の送信を制御してもよく、当該別々の情報がまとめて送信されるように上記無線フレーム情報の送信を制御してもよい。 As described above, the radio frame information includes information indicating the plurality of radio frames and information indicating which of the two or more meanings corresponds to each of the plurality of radio frames. , May be included as separate information. In this case, the communication control unit 153 may control the transmission of the radio frame information so that the separate information is transmitted separately, and the radio frame so that the separate information is transmitted collectively. Information transmission may be controlled.
 (端末装置200:通信制御部263)
 -ディスカバリ信号の送信に関する制御
 とりわけ第1の変形例では、通信制御部263は、上記複数の無線フレームのうちの通知すべき意味に対応する無線フレームでディスカバリ信号が送信されるように、ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する。
(Terminal device 200: communication control unit 263)
-Control related to transmission of discovery signal In particular, in the first modification, the communication control unit 263 transmits the discovery signal so that the discovery signal is transmitted in a radio frame corresponding to the meaning to be notified among the plurality of radio frames. Control transmission of
 具体例として、図9を再び参照すると、通知すべき意味が火災警報である場合に、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、SFNが100、200及び300である無線フレームでディスカバリ信号が送信される。また、通知すべき意味が盗難警報である場合に、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、SFNが500、600及び700である無線フレームでディスカバリ信号が送信される。 As a specific example, referring to FIG. 9 again, when the meaning to be notified is a fire alarm, a discovery signal is transmitted in a radio frame with SFN of 100, 200, and 300 according to control by the communication control unit 263. The Also, when the meaning to be notified is a theft alarm, a discovery signal is transmitted in a radio frame with SFN of 500, 600, and 700 in accordance with control by the communication control unit 263.
 なお、通知すべき意味(例えば、火災警報又は盗難警報など)は、一例として、D2D通信を要求するアプリケーションに応じて決まる。 Note that the meaning to be notified (for example, fire alarm or theft alarm) is determined according to an application requesting D2D communication as an example.
 -ディスカバリ信号の検出に関する制御
 とりわけ第1の変形例では、通信制御部263は、ディスカバリ信号が検出されると、上記複数の無線フレームのうちの検出された上記ディスカバリ信号が送信された無線フレームに対応する意味を識別する。
-Control related to detection of discovery signal In particular, in the first modification, when the discovery signal is detected, the communication control unit 263 applies the detected discovery signal to the radio frame transmitted from the plurality of radio frames. Identify the corresponding meaning.
 具体例として、図9を再び参照すると、ディスカバリ信号が、SFNが100、200又は300である無線フレームで検出されると、通信制御部263は、当該無線フレームに対応する意味として火災警報を識別する。また、ディスカバリ信号が、SFNが500、600又は700である無線フレームで検出されると、通信制御部263は、当該無線フレームに対応する意味として盗難警報を識別する。 As a specific example, referring again to FIG. 9, when a discovery signal is detected in a radio frame having an SFN of 100, 200, or 300, the communication control unit 263 identifies a fire alarm as meaning corresponding to the radio frame. To do. When the discovery signal is detected in a radio frame having an SFN of 500, 600, or 700, the communication control unit 263 identifies a theft alarm as meaning corresponding to the radio frame.
 (処理の流れ:端末装置側の第1の通信制御処理:ディスカバリ信号の送信)
 図10は、本開示の実施形態の第1の変形例に係る端末装置側の第1の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。当該第1の通信制御処理は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を送信する場合に行われる処理である。
(Processing flow: first communication control processing on the terminal device side: transmission of discovery signal)
FIG. 10 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of the first communication control process on the terminal device side according to the first modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure. The first communication control process is a process performed when the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal.
 無線フレームが、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームであり(S511:Yes)、且つ、通知すべき意味に対応する無線フレームである場合に(S513:Yes)、端末装置200は、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、上記無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信する(S515)。そして、システムフレーム番号がインクリメントされ(S517)、処理は繰り返される。 When the radio frame is a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal (S511: Yes) and is a radio frame corresponding to the meaning to be notified (S513: Yes), the terminal device 200 uses the communication control unit. In response to control by H.263, a discovery signal is transmitted in the radio frame (S515). Then, the system frame number is incremented (S517), and the process is repeated.
 一方、無線フレームが、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームではない場合(S511:No)、又は、通知すべき意味に対応する無線フレームではない場合に(S513:No)、ディスカバリ信号は送信されない。そして、システムフレーム番号がインクリメントされ(S517)、処理は繰り返される。 On the other hand, when the radio frame is not a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal (S511: No), or when the radio frame is not a radio frame corresponding to the meaning to be notified (S513: No), the discovery signal is not transmitted. . Then, the system frame number is incremented (S517), and the process is repeated.
 (処理の流れ:端末装置側の第2の通信制御処理:意味の識別)
 図11は、本開示の実施形態の第1の変形例に係る端末装置側の第2の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。当該第2の通信制御処理は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を検出した後に行われる処理である。
(Processing flow: second communication control processing on the terminal device side: meaning identification)
FIG. 11 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of the second communication control process on the terminal device side according to the first modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure. The second communication control process is a process performed after the terminal device 200 detects a discovery signal.
 まず、通信制御部263は、ディスカバリ信号が検出された無線フレームのSFNを取得する(S611)。 First, the communication control unit 263 acquires the SFN of the radio frame in which the discovery signal is detected (S611).
 そして、通信制御部263は、2つ以上の意味のうちの、取得されたSFNを有する無線フレームに対応する意味を識別する(S613)。そして、処理は終了する。 And the communication control part 263 identifies the meaning corresponding to the radio | wireless frame which has acquired SFN among two or more meanings (S613). Then, the process ends.
 <5.2.第2の変形例>
 続いて、図12~図14を参照して、本開示の実施形態の第2の変形例を説明する。
<5.2. Second Modification>
Subsequently, a second modification example of the embodiment of the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIGS. 12 to 14.
 (概略)
 第2の変形例では、送信側の端末装置200は、D2D通信の用途に応じた頻度でディスカバリ信号を送信する。また、受信側の端末装置200は、D2D通信の用途に応じた頻度で、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行う。
(Outline)
In the second modification, the terminal device 200 on the transmission side transmits a discovery signal at a frequency according to the use of D2D communication. Further, the terminal device 200 on the receiving side performs detection processing for detecting a discovery signal at a frequency according to the use of D2D communication.
 これにより、例えば、ディスカバリに要する時間の要求を満たしつつ、ディスカバリにおける電力浪費を抑えることが可能になる。 As a result, for example, it is possible to suppress power consumption in discovery while satisfying the time requirement for discovery.
 具体的には、例えば、D2D通信の用途(例えば、衝突警報、火災警報及び盗難警報など)によって、ディスカバリに要する時間の要求は異なり得る。一例として、D2D通信の用途が衝突警報である場合には、ディスカバリに要する時間は、第1の時間以内であることが求められるが、D2D通信の用途が火災警報である場合には、ディスカバリに要する時間は、上記第1の時間よりも長い第2の時間以内であることが求められる。このような場合に、例えば、ディスカバリに要する時間が第1の時間以内になるように、ディスカバリ信号の頻度が定められると、端末装置は、火災警報のためにD2D通信を行うが、衝突警報のためにはD2D通信を行わない場合に、必要以上の高頻度でディスカバリ信号の送信又は検出を行う。その結果、ディスカバリ信号の送信又は検出において電力が浪費され得る。一方、例えば、ディスカバリに要する時間が第2の時間以内になるように、ディスカバリ信号の頻度が定められると、端末装置が、衝突警報のためにD2D通信を行う場合に、不十分な頻度でディスカバリ信号の送信又は検出を行う。その結果、ディスカバリに要する時間の要求が満たされない。そこで、用途に応じた頻度でのディスカバリ信号の送信及び検出処理を行うことにより、ディスカバリに要する時間の要求を満たしつつ、ディスカバリにおける電力浪費を抑えることが可能になる。 Specifically, for example, the time required for discovery may vary depending on the application of D2D communication (for example, a collision alarm, a fire alarm, a burglar alarm, etc.). As an example, when the application of D2D communication is a collision alarm, the time required for discovery is required to be within the first time. However, when the application of D2D communication is a fire alarm, discovery is performed. The time required is required to be within a second time longer than the first time. In such a case, for example, when the frequency of the discovery signal is determined so that the time required for discovery is within the first time, the terminal device performs D2D communication for a fire alarm, Therefore, when D2D communication is not performed, the discovery signal is transmitted or detected more frequently than necessary. As a result, power can be wasted in transmitting or detecting discovery signals. On the other hand, for example, when the frequency of the discovery signal is determined so that the time required for discovery is within the second time, when the terminal device performs D2D communication for a collision warning, discovery is performed with insufficient frequency. Transmit or detect signals. As a result, the time requirement for discovery is not satisfied. Thus, by performing discovery signal transmission and detection processing at a frequency according to the application, it is possible to suppress power consumption in discovery while satisfying the time requirement for discovery.
 (無線フレーム情報)
 とりわけ第2の変形例では、上記無線フレーム情報は、D2D通信の用途ごとに、用途に応じた頻度でディスカバリ信号を送信するための複数の無線フレームを示す。
(Radio frame information)
In particular, in the second modification, the radio frame information indicates a plurality of radio frames for transmitting a discovery signal at a frequency corresponding to the application for each application of D2D communication.
 例えば、上記無線フレーム情報は、D2D通信の用途ごとに、用途に応じたディスカバリ信号の送信の周期を示す。即ち、無線フレーム情報は、用途に応じた周期を示すことにより、用途に応じた頻度での送信のための無線フレームを示す。以下、図12を参照して、D2D通信の用途に応じたディスカバリ信号の送信の周期の具体例を説明する。 For example, the above-mentioned radio frame information indicates a discovery signal transmission cycle corresponding to the application for each application of D2D communication. That is, the radio frame information indicates a radio frame for transmission at a frequency according to the application by indicating a period according to the application. Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 12, a specific example of a discovery signal transmission period according to the application of D2D communication will be described.
 図12は、D2D通信の用途に応じたディスカバリ信号の送信の周期の例を説明するための説明図である。図12を参照すると、ディスカバリ信号の送信の第1の周期33及びディスカバリ信号の送信の第2の周期35が示されている。例えば、第1の周期33は、D2D通信の用途が衝突警報である場合の周期であり、100ms(10無線フレーム)である。一方、第2の周期35は、D2D通信の用途が火災警報である場合の周期であり、300ms(30無線フレーム)である。このように、D2D通信の用途に応じた周期でディスカバリ信号が送信される。 FIG. 12 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an example of a discovery signal transmission cycle according to the application of D2D communication. Referring to FIG. 12, a first cycle 33 of discovery signal transmission and a second cycle 35 of discovery signal transmission are shown. For example, the first period 33 is a period when the application of D2D communication is a collision alarm, and is 100 ms (10 radio frames). On the other hand, the second period 35 is a period when the application of D2D communication is a fire alarm, and is 300 ms (30 radio frames). In this way, discovery signals are transmitted at a period according to the application of D2D communication.
 なお、ディスカバリ信が周期的に送信される例を説明したが、第2の変形例は係る例に限定されない。例えば、ディスカバリ信号は、周期的に(即ち、一定間隔で)送信されず、不定期の間隔で送信されてもよい。 In addition, although the example in which the discovery signal is periodically transmitted has been described, the second modification is not limited to such an example. For example, the discovery signal may not be transmitted periodically (that is, at regular intervals) but may be transmitted at irregular intervals.
 (端末装置200:通信制御部263)
 -ディスカバリ信号の送信に関する制御
 とりわけ第2の変形例では、通信制御部263は、D2D通信の用途に応じた頻度でディスカバリ信号が送信されるように、ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する。
(Terminal device 200: communication control unit 263)
—Control Regarding Discovery Signal Transmission In particular, in the second modification, the communication control unit 263 controls the transmission of the discovery signal so that the discovery signal is transmitted at a frequency according to the use of the D2D communication.
 例えば、通信制御部263は、D2D通信の用途に応じた周期でディスカバリ信号が送信されるように、ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する。具体例として、図12を再び参照すると、端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途が衝突警報を含む場合に、端末装置200は、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、第1の周期33でディスカバリ信号を送信する。即ち、端末装置200は、10無線フレームごとに(100msごとに)ディスカバリ信号を送信する。また、端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途が火災警報を含む場合に、端末装置200は、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、第2の周期35でディスカバリ信号を送信する。即ち、端末装置200は、30無線フレームごとに(300msごとに)ディスカバリ信号を送信する。なお、端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途が衝突警報及び火災警報の両方を含む場合には、端末装置200は、第1の周期33及び第2の周期35でディスカバリ信号を送信する。 For example, the communication control unit 263 controls transmission of the discovery signal so that the discovery signal is transmitted at a period according to the use of the D2D communication. As a specific example, referring again to FIG. 12, when the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 includes a collision warning, the terminal device 200 performs discovery in the first period 33 according to control by the communication control unit 263. Send a signal. That is, the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal every 10 radio frames (every 100 ms). Further, when the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 includes a fire alarm, the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal in the second period 35 in accordance with control by the communication control unit 263. That is, the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal every 30 radio frames (every 300 ms). Note that when the application of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 includes both a collision alarm and a fire alarm, the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal in the first period 33 and the second period 35.
 なお、D2D通信の用途(例えば、衝突警報、火災警報又は盗難警報など)は、一例として、D2D通信を要求するアプリケーションに応じて決まる。 In addition, the use (for example, a collision alarm, a fire alarm, a burglar alarm, etc.) of D2D communication is decided according to the application which requests | requires D2D communication as an example.
 -ディスカバリ信号の検出に関する制御
 とりわけ第2の変形例では、通信制御部263は、D2D通信の用途に応じた頻度で、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理が行われるように、当該検出処理を制御する。
-Control related to detection of discovery signal In particular, in the second modification, the communication control unit 263 performs the detection process so that the detection process for detecting the discovery signal is performed at a frequency according to the use of the D2D communication. Control.
 例えば、通信制御部263は、D2D通信の用途に応じた周期で上記検出処理が行われるように、上記検出処理を制御する。具体例として、図12を再び参照すると、端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途が衝突警報を含む場合に、端末装置200は、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、第1の周期33で上記検出処理を行う。即ち、端末装置200は、10無線フレームごとに(100msごとに)上記検出処理を行う。また、端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途が火災警報を含む場合に、端末装置200は、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、第2の周期35で上記検出処理を行う。即ち、端末装置200は、30無線フレームごとに(300msごとに)上記検出処理を行う。なお、端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途が衝突警報及び火災警報の両方を含む場合には、端末装置200は、第1の周期33及び第2の周期35で上記検出処理を行う。 For example, the communication control unit 263 controls the detection process so that the detection process is performed at a cycle according to the use of D2D communication. As a specific example, referring again to FIG. 12, when the application of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 includes a collision warning, the terminal device 200 performs the above operation in the first period 33 according to the control by the communication control unit 263. Perform detection processing. That is, the terminal device 200 performs the detection process every 10 radio frames (every 100 ms). Further, when the application of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 includes a fire alarm, the terminal device 200 performs the detection process in the second period 35 in accordance with control by the communication control unit 263. That is, the terminal device 200 performs the detection process every 30 radio frames (every 300 ms). When the application of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 includes both a collision alarm and a fire alarm, the terminal device 200 performs the detection process in the first period 33 and the second period 35.
 なお、上述したように、D2D通信の用途(例えば、衝突警報、火災警報又は盗難警報など)は、一例として、D2D通信を要求するアプリケーションに応じて決まる。 As described above, the use of D2D communication (for example, a collision alarm, a fire alarm, a burglar alarm, or the like) is determined according to an application requesting D2D communication as an example.
 (処理の流れ:端末装置側の第1の通信制御処理:ディスカバリ信号の送信)
 図13は、本開示の実施形態の第2の変形例に係る端末装置側の第1の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。当該第1の通信制御処理は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を送信する場合に行われる処理である。
(Processing flow: first communication control processing on the terminal device side: transmission of discovery signal)
FIG. 13 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a first communication control process on the terminal device side according to a second modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure. The first communication control process is a process performed when the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal.
 無線フレームが、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームであり(S521:Yes)、且つ、端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途に対応する周期が到来する場合に(S523:Yes)、端末装置200は、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、上記無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信する(S525)。そして、システムフレーム番号がインクリメントされ(S527)、処理は繰り返される。 When the radio frame is a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal (S521: Yes) and a period corresponding to the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 arrives (S523: Yes), the terminal device 200 Transmits a discovery signal in the radio frame in accordance with control by the communication control unit 263 (S525). Then, the system frame number is incremented (S527), and the process is repeated.
 一方、無線フレームが、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームではない場合(S521:No)、又は、端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途に対応する周期が到来しない場合に(S523:No)、ディスカバリ信号は送信されない。そして、システムフレーム番号がインクリメントされ(S527)、処理は繰り返される。 On the other hand, when the radio frame is not a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal (S521: No), or when a period corresponding to the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 does not arrive (S523: No), No discovery signal is sent. Then, the system frame number is incremented (S527), and the process is repeated.
 (処理の流れ:端末装置側の第2の通信制御処理:ディスカバリ信号の検出)
 図14は、本開示の実施形態の第2の変形例に係る端末装置側の第2の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。当該第2の通信制御処理は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行う場合に行われる処理である。
(Processing flow: second communication control processing on the terminal device side: discovery signal detection)
FIG. 14 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a second communication control process on the terminal device side according to a second modification of the embodiment of the present disclosure. The second communication control process is a process performed when the terminal device 200 performs a detection process for detecting a discovery signal.
 無線フレームが、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームであり(S621:Yes)、且つ、端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途に対応する周期が到来する場合に(S623:Yes)、端末装置200は、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、上記無線フレームで送信される信号に対して、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行う(S625)。そして、システムフレーム番号がインクリメントされ(S627)、処理は繰り返される。 When the radio frame is a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal (S621: Yes) and a period corresponding to the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 arrives (S623: Yes), the terminal device 200 In response to control by the communication control unit 263, detection processing for detecting a discovery signal is performed on the signal transmitted in the radio frame (S625). Then, the system frame number is incremented (S627), and the process is repeated.
 一方、無線フレームが、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームではない場合(S621:No)、又は、端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途に対応する周期が到来しない場合に(S623:No)、上記無線フレームで送信される信号に対して上記検出処理は行われない。そして、システムフレーム番号がインクリメントされ(S627)、処理は繰り返される。 On the other hand, when the radio frame is not a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal (S621: No), or when a period corresponding to the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 does not arrive (S623: No), The detection process is not performed on the signal transmitted in the radio frame. Then, the system frame number is incremented (S627), and the process is repeated.
 <5.3.第3の変形例>
 続いて、図15~図18を参照して、本開示の実施形態の第3の変形例を説明する。
<5.3. Third Modification>
Subsequently, a third modification example of the embodiment of the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIGS. 15 to 18.
 (概略)
 とりわけ第3の変形例では、送信側の端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号の送信後に、通知すべき情報を所定の無線リソースで送信する。また、受信側の端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号の検出後に、上記所定の無線リソースで受信される情報を取得する。
(Outline)
In particular, in the third modification, the transmission-side terminal device 200 transmits information to be notified using a predetermined radio resource after transmitting the discovery signal. Also, the receiving-side terminal device 200 acquires information received by the predetermined radio resource after detecting the discovery signal.
 これにより、例えば、詳細な情報の伝達を迅速に行うことが可能になる。 This makes it possible to quickly transmit detailed information, for example.
 具体的には、例えば、第1の変形例のように、無線フレームがいずれかの1つの意味に対応する場合に、ディスカバリ信号の送受信により迅速な意味の伝達が可能になるが、詳細な情報の伝達は困難である。また、複数回のトランザクションを経て接続が確立された後で詳細な情報を送受信すると、詳細な情報の伝達に要する時間が長くなる。そこで、ディスカバリ信号の後に、通知すべき情報を所定の無線リソースで送受信することにより、詳細な情報の伝達を迅速に行うことが可能になる。 Specifically, for example, when a radio frame corresponds to one of the meanings as in the first modification, it is possible to quickly transmit the meaning by transmitting and receiving a discovery signal. Is difficult to communicate. Further, if detailed information is transmitted / received after a connection is established through a plurality of transactions, the time required for transmitting the detailed information becomes longer. Therefore, by transmitting and receiving information to be notified using a predetermined radio resource after the discovery signal, it becomes possible to quickly transmit detailed information.
 なお、D2D通信の用途がデータオフローディングの用途である場合などには、D2D通信で大量のデータが送受信されるので、接続の確立が有効であるが、D2D通信の用途がパブリックセーフティの用途である場合には緊急性が高いことが多いので、第3の変形例に係る手法が有効である。 Note that when D2D communication is used for data offloading, a large amount of data is transmitted and received by D2D communication, so establishing a connection is effective. However, D2D communication is used for public safety. In some cases, the urgency is often high, so the method according to the third modification is effective.
 (基地局100:情報取得部151)
 とりわけ第3の変形例では、情報取得部151は、さらに、通知すべき情報をディスカバリ信号の送信後に送信するための所定の無線リソースを示す無線リソース情報を取得する。
(Base station 100: information acquisition unit 151)
In particular, in the third modification, the information acquisition unit 151 further acquires radio resource information indicating a predetermined radio resource for transmitting information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal.
 例えば、上記無線リソース情報は、通知すべき情報をディスカバリ信号の送信後に送信するための所定の複数の無線リソースを示す。以下、図15を参照して、通知すべき情報を送信するための所定の複数の無線リソースの具体例を説明する。 For example, the radio resource information indicates a plurality of predetermined radio resources for transmitting information to be notified after the discovery signal is transmitted. Hereinafter, a specific example of a plurality of predetermined radio resources for transmitting information to be notified will be described with reference to FIG.
 図15は、通知すべき情報を送信するための所定の複数の無線リソースの例を説明するための説明図である。図15を参照すると、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線リソース41と、通知すべき情報を送信するための所定の複数の無線リソース43(即ち、無線リソース43A~43J)とが示されている。所定の複数の無線リソース43は、時間方向において、無線リソース41の後に位置する。例えば、無線リソース41は、無線フレームの中の固定の時間に位置し、また、周波数帯域全体の中の固定の帯域に位置する。また、所定の複数の無線リソース43の各々も、無線フレームの中の固定の時間に位置し、また、周波数帯域全体の中の固定の帯域に位置する。なお、無線リソース41は、例えば、1つ以上のリソースエレメント又は1つ以上のリソースブロックを含む無線リソースである。である。また、無線リソース43A~43Jの各々は、例えば、1つ以上のリソースブロックを含む無線リソースである。なお、所定の複数の無線リソース43A~43Jが、時間方向に並ぶ例を説明したが、本開示の実施形態は係る例に限定されない。所定の複数の無線リソース43A~43Jは、周波数方向に並んでもよく、又は周波数方向及び/又は時間方向において離散的に位置してもよい。 FIG. 15 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an example of a plurality of predetermined radio resources for transmitting information to be notified. Referring to FIG. 15, a radio resource 41 for transmitting a discovery signal and a plurality of predetermined radio resources 43 (that is, radio resources 43A to 43J) for transmitting information to be notified are shown. The predetermined plurality of radio resources 43 are located after the radio resources 41 in the time direction. For example, the radio resource 41 is located at a fixed time in the radio frame, and is located in a fixed band in the entire frequency band. Each of the predetermined radio resources 43 is also located at a fixed time in the radio frame and is located in a fixed band in the entire frequency band. The radio resource 41 is a radio resource including, for example, one or more resource elements or one or more resource blocks. It is. Further, each of the radio resources 43A to 43J is a radio resource including one or more resource blocks, for example. Note that although an example in which a plurality of predetermined radio resources 43A to 43J are arranged in the time direction has been described, the embodiment of the present disclosure is not limited to such an example. The predetermined radio resources 43A to 43J may be arranged in the frequency direction, or may be discretely located in the frequency direction and / or the time direction.
 上記の所定の複数無線リソースは、例えば、予め定められ、当該複数の所定の無線リソースを示す無線リソース情報は、記憶部140に記憶される。情報取得部151は、記憶部140から上記無線リソース情報を取得する。一例として、上記無線リソース情報はシステム情報に含まれ、上記無線リソース情報を含む上記システム情報が、記憶部140に記憶される。そして、情報取得部151は、記憶部140から、上記無線リソース情報を含む上記システム情報を取得する。なお、上記無線リソース情報が、記憶部140に記憶されず、他の装置に記憶されている場合には、情報取得部151は、例えば、ネットワーク通信部130を介して、上記他の装置からの上記無線リソース情報を取得してもよい。 The predetermined plural radio resources are determined in advance, for example, and radio resource information indicating the plural predetermined radio resources is stored in the storage unit 140. The information acquisition unit 151 acquires the radio resource information from the storage unit 140. As an example, the radio resource information is included in system information, and the system information including the radio resource information is stored in the storage unit 140. Then, the information acquisition unit 151 acquires the system information including the radio resource information from the storage unit 140. In addition, when the radio resource information is not stored in the storage unit 140 but is stored in another device, the information acquisition unit 151 receives the information from the other device via the network communication unit 130, for example. The radio resource information may be acquired.
 (基地局100:通信制御部153)
 とりわけ第3の変形例では、通信制御部153は、上記無線リソース情報の端末装置200への送信を制御する。
(Base station 100: communication control unit 153)
In particular, in the third modification, the communication control unit 153 controls transmission of the radio resource information to the terminal device 200.
 例えば、上記無線リソース情報は、システム情報の一部として送信される。即ち、通信制御部153は、上記無線リソース情報がシステム情報の一部として送信されるように、上記無線リソース情報の端末装置200への送信を制御する。具体的な処理として、例えば、通信制御部153は、上記無線リソース情報を含むシステム情報を、当該システム情報に割り当てられる無線リソースにマッピングする。これにより、上記無線リソース情報は、システム情報の一部として送信される。なお、上記無線リソース情報は、システム情報の一部として送信される代わりに、端末装置200への個別のシグナリングにより送信されてもよい。 For example, the radio resource information is transmitted as part of the system information. That is, the communication control unit 153 controls transmission of the radio resource information to the terminal device 200 so that the radio resource information is transmitted as part of the system information. As a specific process, for example, the communication control unit 153 maps the system information including the radio resource information to the radio resource allocated to the system information. Thereby, the radio resource information is transmitted as part of the system information. Note that the radio resource information may be transmitted by individual signaling to the terminal device 200 instead of being transmitted as part of the system information.
 (端末装置200:情報取得部261)
 とりわけ第3の変形例では、情報取得部261は、通知すべき情報をディスカバリ信号の送信後に送信するための所定の無線リソースを示す無線リソース情報を取得する。当該無線フレーム情報の具体的な内容は、上述したとおりである。
(Terminal device 200: information acquisition unit 261)
In particular, in the third modification, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires radio resource information indicating a predetermined radio resource for transmitting information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal. The specific contents of the radio frame information are as described above.
 例えば、上記無線リソース情報は、システム情報の一部として基地局100により送信される。この場合に、情報取得部261は、上記システム情報に含まれる上記無線リソース情報を取得する。 For example, the radio resource information is transmitted by the base station 100 as part of the system information. In this case, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires the radio resource information included in the system information.
 なお、上記無線リソースは、システム情報の一部として送信される代わりに、端末装置200への個別のシグナリングにより送信されてもよい。また、上記無線リソース情報は、基地局100により送信されず、端末装置200(記憶部230)に予め記憶されていてもよい。 Note that the radio resource may be transmitted by individual signaling to the terminal device 200 instead of being transmitted as part of the system information. Moreover, the said radio | wireless resource information may not be transmitted by the base station 100, but may be previously memorize | stored in the terminal device 200 (memory | storage part 230).
 (端末装置200:通信制御部263)
 -ディスカバリ信号の送信に関する制御
 とりわけ第3の変形例では、通信制御部263は、ディスカバリ信号の送信後に、通知すべき情報が所定の無線リソースで送信されるように、通知すべき上記情報の送信を制御する。
(Terminal device 200: communication control unit 263)
-Control concerning transmission of discovery signal In particular, in the third modification, the communication control unit 263 transmits the information to be notified so that the information to be notified is transmitted by a predetermined radio resource after the discovery signal is transmitted. To control.
  --端末装置間での衝突を考慮した第1の対応
 例えば、ディスカバリ信号は、端末装置200間で共通の信号系列を有する。そして、通信制御部263は、ディスカバリ信号の送信後に、通知すべき情報が所定の複数の無線リソースのうちのいずれかの無線リソースで送信されるように、通知すべき上記情報の送信を制御する。
--- First Response Considering Collisions Between Terminal Devices For example, the discovery signal has a common signal sequence between the terminal devices 200. Then, the communication control unit 263 controls the transmission of the information to be notified so that the information to be notified is transmitted using any one of a plurality of predetermined radio resources after the discovery signal is transmitted. .
 具体例として、図15を再び参照すると、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、端末装置200は、無線リソース41でディスカバリ信号を送信し、その後、無線リソース43A~43Jのいずれかで、通知すべき情報を送信する。一例として、端末装置200は、無線リソース43Aで、通知すべき情報を送信する。 As a specific example, referring to FIG. 15 again, according to the control by the communication control unit 263, the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal using the radio resource 41, and then notifies it using one of the radio resources 43A to 43J. To send information. As an example, the terminal device 200 transmits information to be notified using the radio resource 43A.
 なお、別の端末装置200も、無線リソース41でディスカバリ信号を送信し、その後、無線リソース43A~43Jのいずれかで、通知すべき情報を送信し得る。この場合に、端末装置200と別の端末装置200との両方が、同一の無線リソース41でディスカバリ信号を送信するが、ディスカバリ信号は、受信側の端末装置200により適切に検出される。なぜならば、ディスカバリ信号の系列が端末装置200間で共通であるので、ディスカバリ信号が衝突したとしても、相関器は、反射波の検出と同様にディスカバリ信号を適切に検出するからである。また、一例として、別の端末装置200は、無線リソース43A~43Jのうちの、無線リソース43A以外の無線リソースで、通知すべき情報を送信する。すると、端末装置200により送信される通知すべき上記情報も、別の端末装置200により送信される通知すべき上記情報も、受信側の端末装置200により適切に受信され、取得される。 Note that another terminal device 200 can also transmit a discovery signal using the radio resource 41, and thereafter transmit information to be notified using any one of the radio resources 43A to 43J. In this case, both the terminal device 200 and another terminal device 200 transmit a discovery signal using the same radio resource 41, but the discovery signal is appropriately detected by the receiving-side terminal device 200. This is because, since the discovery signal sequence is common among the terminal devices 200, even if the discovery signals collide, the correlator appropriately detects the discovery signal in the same manner as the detection of the reflected wave. Further, as an example, another terminal device 200 transmits information to be notified using a radio resource other than the radio resource 43A among the radio resources 43A to 43J. Then, the information to be notified transmitted by the terminal device 200 and the information to be notified transmitted by another terminal device 200 are appropriately received and acquired by the terminal device 200 on the receiving side.
 例えばこのように、ディスカバリ信号が、端末装置200間で共通の信号系列を有し、通知すべき情報が、所定の複数の無線リソースのうちのいずれかの無線リソースで送信される。これにより、例えば、複数の端末装置200がディスカバリ信号及び通知すべき情報を送信したとしても、受信側の端末装置がディスカバリ信号を適切に検出することが可能になり、また、通知すべき上記情報が受信側の端末装置により適切に受信され、取得される可能性が高くなる。 For example, as described above, the discovery signal has a common signal sequence between the terminal devices 200, and information to be notified is transmitted using any one of a plurality of predetermined radio resources. Thereby, for example, even if a plurality of terminal devices 200 transmit a discovery signal and information to be notified, the receiving-side terminal device can appropriately detect the discovery signal, and the information to be notified Is appropriately received and acquired by the terminal device on the receiving side.
  --端末装置間での衝突を考慮した第2の対応
 上述したように所定の複数の無線リソースが用意されるとしても、2つ以上の端末装置200が、同一の無線リソース(例えば、図15に示される無線リソース43A)で、通知すべき情報を送信する可能性がある。
--Second Response Considering Collisions Between Terminal Devices Even when a plurality of predetermined radio resources are prepared as described above, two or more terminal devices 200 are identical to each other (for example, FIG. 15). There is a possibility that information to be notified is transmitted by the wireless resource 43A) shown in FIG.
 そこで、例えば、通信制御部263は、通知すべき上記情報が送信される無線リソースが、ディスカバリ信号の送信のたびに、上記所定の複数の無線リソースのうちのいずれかの無線リソースから、上記所定の複数の無線リソースのうちの別の無線リソースに変わるように、通知すべき上記情報の送信を制御する。 Therefore, for example, the communication control unit 263 determines that the radio resource to which the information to be notified is transmitted from any one of the plurality of predetermined radio resources each time the discovery signal is transmitted. The transmission of the information to be notified is controlled so as to change to another radio resource among the plurality of radio resources.
 具体例として、図15を再び参照すると、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号を送信する無線フレームで、無線リソース41でディスカバリ信号を送信し、その後、無線リソース43Aで、通知すべき情報を送信する。そして、さらに、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号を送信する次の無線フレームで、無線リソース41でディスカバリ信号を送信し、その後、無線リソース43B~43Jのいずれかで、通知すべき情報を送信する。 As a specific example, referring to FIG. 15 again, in response to control by the communication control unit 263, the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal using the radio resource 41 in a radio frame that transmits a discovery signal, and then transmits the radio resource 43A. Then, the information to be notified is transmitted. Further, in accordance with the control by the communication control unit 263, the terminal device 200 transmits the discovery signal by the wireless resource 41 in the next wireless frame for transmitting the discovery signal, and then any one of the wireless resources 43B to 43J. Then, the information to be notified is transmitted.
 なお、通信制御部263は、通知すべき上記情報を送信する無線リソースとして、所定の複数の無線リソースのうちのi番目の無線リソースを、以下の式により選択することにより、当該無線リソースをディスカバリ信号の送信ごとに変えることができる。 Note that the communication control unit 263 selects the i-th radio resource from among a plurality of predetermined radio resources as a radio resource for transmitting the information to be notified by the following formula, thereby discovering the radio resource. It can be changed for each signal transmission.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000001
 xは、ディスカバリ信号が送信される無線フレームのSFNである。yは、端末装置200のID(例えば、SIM(Subscriber Identification Module)内の固有のID、又はC-RNTI(Cell-Radio  Network Temporary Identifier)など)である。また、zは、所定の複数の無線リソースの無線リソース数である。なお、通信制御部263は、上述した数式の代わりに、乱数などを用いて、通知すべき上記情報を送信する無線リソースを選択してもよい。 X is the SFN of the radio frame in which the discovery signal is transmitted. y is the ID of the terminal device 200 (for example, a unique ID in a SIM (Subscriber Identification Module) or C-RNTI (Cell-RadioioNetwork Temporary Identifier)). Z is the number of radio resources of a predetermined plurality of radio resources. Note that the communication control unit 263 may select a radio resource for transmitting the information to be notified, using a random number or the like instead of the above-described mathematical expression.
 これにより、例えば、2つ以上の端末装置200が、同一の無線リソースで、通知すべき情報を送信する可能性を、低減することができる。 Thereby, for example, it is possible to reduce the possibility that two or more terminal devices 200 transmit information to be notified using the same radio resource.
 -ディスカバリ信号の検出に関する制御
 とりわけ第3の変形例では、通信制御部263は、ディスカバリ信号の検出後に、通知すべき情報をディスカバリ信号の送信後に送信するための所定の無線リソースで受信される情報を取得する。
-Control related to detection of discovery signal In particular, in the third modification, after detecting the discovery signal, the communication control unit 263 receives information received by a predetermined radio resource for transmitting information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal. To get.
 例えば、通信制御部263は、ディスカバリ信号の検出後に、通知すべき情報をディスカバリ信号の送信後に送信するための所定の複数の無線リソースの各々で受信される情報を取得する。 For example, after detecting the discovery signal, the communication control unit 263 acquires information received by each of a plurality of predetermined radio resources for transmitting information to be notified after the discovery signal is transmitted.
 具体例として、図15を再び参照すると、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、端末装置200は、無線リソース41で送信される信号に対して検出処理を行い、ディスカバリ信号を検出する。すると、通信制御部263は、無線リソース43A~43Jの各々で受信される情報を取得する。例えば、無線リソース43A~43Jのいずれかで受信される情報が、ディスカバリ信号を送信した他の端末装置200の通知すべき情報である。そのため、通信制御部263は、通知すべき当該情報を取得する。 As a specific example, referring to FIG. 15 again, the terminal device 200 performs a detection process on a signal transmitted by the radio resource 41 in accordance with control by the communication control unit 263 and detects a discovery signal. Then, the communication control unit 263 acquires information received by each of the radio resources 43A to 43J. For example, information received by any of the radio resources 43A to 43J is information to be notified by the other terminal device 200 that has transmitted the discovery signal. Therefore, the communication control unit 263 acquires the information to be notified.
 (処理の流れ:基地局側の通信制御処理)
 図16は、本開示の実施形態の第3の変形例に係る基地局側の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。
(Processing flow: Base station communication control processing)
FIG. 16 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of communication control processing on the base station side according to the third modification example of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
 まず、情報取得部151は、通知すべき情報をディスカバリ信号の送信後に送信するための所定の複数の無線リソースを示す無線リソース情報を含むシステム情報を取得する(S431)。 First, the information acquisition unit 151 acquires system information including radio resource information indicating a plurality of predetermined radio resources for transmitting information to be notified after transmission of a discovery signal (S431).
 そして、基地局100は、通信制御部153による制御に応じて、上記無線リソース情報を含む上記システム情報を送信する(S433)。そして、処理は終了する。 Then, the base station 100 transmits the system information including the radio resource information according to the control by the communication control unit 153 (S433). Then, the process ends.
 なお、上述した通信制御処理は、上記システム情報の送信のたびに行われる。 Note that the communication control process described above is performed each time the system information is transmitted.
 (端末装置側の第1の通信制御処理:ディスカバリ信号などの送信)
 図17は、本開示の実施形態の第3の変形例に係る端末装置側の第1の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。当該第1の通信制御処理は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号及び通知すべき情報を送信する場合に行われる処理である。
(First communication control processing on the terminal device side: transmission of discovery signal etc.)
FIG. 17 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of the first communication control process on the terminal device side according to the third modification example of the embodiment of the present disclosure. The first communication control process is a process performed when the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal and information to be notified.
 まず、通信制御部263は、所定の複数の無線リソースのうちの、通知すべき情報が送信される無線フレームを選択する(S531)。 First, the communication control unit 263 selects a radio frame in which information to be notified is transmitted from a plurality of predetermined radio resources (S531).
 そして、無線フレームが、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームではない場合には(S533:No)、ディスカバリ信号は送信されない。そして、システムフレーム番号がインクリメントされ(S534)、処理はステップS533へ戻る。 If the radio frame is not a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal (S533: No), the discovery signal is not transmitted. Then, the system frame number is incremented (S534), and the process returns to step S533.
 一方、無線フレームが、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームである場合に(S533:Yes)、端末装置200は、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、上記無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信する(S535)。さらに、端末装置200は、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、選択された上記無線リソースで、通知すべき情報を送信する(S537)。そして、システムフレーム番号がインクリメントされ(S539)、処理はステップS531へ戻る。 On the other hand, when the radio frame is a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal (S533: Yes), the terminal device 200 transmits the discovery signal in the radio frame according to the control by the communication control unit 263 ( S535). Furthermore, the terminal device 200 transmits information to be notified using the selected radio resource in accordance with control by the communication control unit 263 (S537). Then, the system frame number is incremented (S539), and the process returns to step S531.
 (端末装置側の第2の通信制御処理:通知すべき情報の取得)
 図18は、本開示の実施形態の第3の変形例に係る端末装置側の第2の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。当該第2の通信制御処理は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を検出した後に行われる処理である。
(Second communication control processing on the terminal device side: acquisition of information to be notified)
FIG. 18 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of the second communication control process on the terminal device side according to the third modification example of the embodiment of the present disclosure. The second communication control process is a process performed after the terminal device 200 detects a discovery signal.
 まず、端末装置200は、所定の複数の無線リソースの各々で情報を受信する(S631)。 First, the terminal device 200 receives information on each of a plurality of predetermined radio resources (S631).
 そして、通信制御部263は、上記所定の複数の無線リソースの各々で受信された情報を取得する(S633)。そして、処理は終了する。 And the communication control part 263 acquires the information received by each of the said predetermined some radio | wireless resource (S633). Then, the process ends.
 <5.4.第4の変形例>
 続いて、図19を参照して、本開示の実施形態の第4の変形例を説明する。
<5.4. Fourth Modification>
Subsequently, a fourth modification example of the embodiment of the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIG.
 (概略)
 第4の変形例では、基地局100は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する個別送信情報を、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置200の各々により送信されると、当該個別送信情報を取得する。そして、上記1つ以上の端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する集約送信情報を送信する。
(Outline)
In the fourth modification, the base station 100 transmits individual transmission information related to a radio frame for the terminal device 200 to transmit a discovery signal by each of one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area. Then, the individual transmission information is acquired. Then, the one or more terminal devices 200 transmit aggregate transmission information related to a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal.
 これにより、例えば、領域内に位置する端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行う場合に、必要十分な無線フレームで当該検出処理を行うことが可能になる。そのため、端末装置200にとっての負荷を抑えることが可能になる。 Thereby, for example, when the terminal device 200 located in the area performs a detection process for detecting a discovery signal, the detection process can be performed with a necessary and sufficient radio frame. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the load on the terminal device 200.
 具体的には、例えば、領域内に位置するいずれの端末装置200も衝突警報のためにディスカバリ信号を送信しない場合には、衝突警報のためにディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームで上記検出処理を行うことは、上記領域内で上記検出処理を行う端末装置200にとって無駄である。そこで、上記集約送信情報を端末装置200に送信することにより、端末装置200は、上記検出処理を行うべき必要十分な無線フレームを識別することが可能になる。そのため、端末装置200にとっての負荷が抑えられ得る。 Specifically, for example, when none of the terminal devices 200 located in the area transmits a discovery signal for a collision warning, the above detection processing is performed with a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal for a collision warning. It is useless for the terminal device 200 that performs the detection process in the region. Therefore, by transmitting the aggregate transmission information to the terminal device 200, the terminal device 200 can identify necessary and sufficient radio frames to be subjected to the detection process. Therefore, the load on the terminal device 200 can be suppressed.
 また、第4の変形例では、基地局100は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理行う無線フレームに関連する個別検出情報を、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置200の各々により送信されると、当該個別検出情報を取得する。そして、上記1つ以上の端末装置200が上記検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する集約検出情報を送信する。 Further, in the fourth modification example, the base station 100 includes one or more terminal devices 200 that are located in the area and that have individual detection information related to a radio frame subjected to detection processing for the terminal device 200 to detect a discovery signal. The individual detection information is acquired. Then, the one or more terminal devices 200 transmit aggregate detection information related to a radio frame for performing the detection process.
 これにより、例えば、領域内に位置する端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号を送信する場合に、必要十分な無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信することが可能になる。そのため、端末装置200にとっての負荷を抑えることが可能になる。 Thereby, for example, the terminal device 200 located in the area can transmit the discovery signal in a necessary and sufficient radio frame when transmitting the discovery signal. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the load on the terminal device 200.
 具体的には、例えば、領域内に位置するいずれの端末装置200も衝突警報のためにディスカバリ信号を検出しない場合には、衝突警報のためにディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信することは、上記領域内でディスカバリ信号を送信する端末装置200にとって無駄である。そこで、上記集約検出情報を端末装置200に送信することにより、端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号を送信すべき必要十分な無線フレームを識別することが可能になる。そのため、端末装置200にとっての負荷が抑えられ得る。 Specifically, for example, when none of the terminal devices 200 located in the area detects a discovery signal for collision warning, the discovery signal is transmitted in a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal for collision warning. The transmission is useless for the terminal device 200 that transmits a discovery signal within the above-described region. Therefore, by transmitting the aggregate detection information to the terminal device 200, the terminal device 200 can identify a necessary and sufficient radio frame to which a discovery signal should be transmitted. Therefore, the load on the terminal device 200 can be suppressed.
 (基地局100:情報取得部151)
 -個別送信情報
 とりわけ第4の変形例では、例えば、情報取得部151は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する個別送信情報が、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置200の各々により送信されると、当該個別送信情報を取得する。
(Base station 100: information acquisition unit 151)
-Individual transmission information In particular, in the fourth modification, for example, the information acquisition unit 151 includes one or more pieces of individual transmission information related to a radio frame for the terminal device 200 to transmit a discovery signal. When transmitted by each of the terminal devices 200, the individual transmission information is acquired.
 上記領域は、例えば、基地局100のカバレッジ(即ち、セル10)である。なお、上記領域は、カバレッジに含まれるより小さい領域(例えば、セル10に含まれる複数のセクタのうちの1つ、ビームフォーミングにより形成されるビームに対応する領域、など)であってもよい。 The area is, for example, the coverage of the base station 100 (that is, the cell 10). Note that the area may be a smaller area included in the coverage (for example, one of a plurality of sectors included in the cell 10, an area corresponding to a beam formed by beam forming, or the like).
 例えば、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームが、D2D通信の用途ごとに予め定められる。この場合に、例えば、上記個別送信情報は、端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途を示す情報である。これにより、個別送信情報から、当該個別送信情報を送信した端末装置200がどの無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信するかが分かるようになる。 For example, a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal is predetermined for each use of D2D communication. In this case, for example, the individual transmission information is information indicating the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200. As a result, from the individual transmission information, it is possible to know in which radio frame the terminal apparatus 200 that has transmitted the individual transmission information transmits the discovery signal.
 なお、上記個別送信情報は、端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途を示す情報に限られず、別の情報であってもよい。例えば、上記個別送信情報は、端末装置200によるディスカバリ信号の送信の周期を示す情報であってもよい。これにより、個別送信情報から、当該個別送信情報を送信した端末装置200がどのような周期でディスカバリ信号を送信するかが分かるようになり、その結果、上記該個別送信情報を送信した端末装置200がどの無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信するかが分かるようになる。 The individual transmission information is not limited to information indicating the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200, and may be other information. For example, the individual transmission information may be information indicating a discovery signal transmission cycle by the terminal device 200. As a result, it becomes possible to know in what cycle the terminal device 200 that has transmitted the individual transmission information transmits the discovery signal from the individual transmission information, and as a result, the terminal device 200 that has transmitted the individual transmission information. Can know which radio frame transmits the discovery signal.
 -個別検出情報
 また、とりわけ第4の変形例では、例えば、情報取得部151は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する個別検出情報が、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置200の各々により送信されると、当該個別検出情報を取得する。
—Individual Detection Information In particular, in the fourth modification example, for example, the information acquisition unit 151 indicates that individual detection information related to a radio frame for performing detection processing for the terminal device 200 to detect a discovery signal is an area. When transmitted by each of the one or more terminal devices 200 located within, the individual detection information is acquired.
 個別送信情報に関連して上述したように、上記領域は、例えば、基地局100のカバレッジ(即ち、セル10)である。なお、上記領域は、カバレッジに含まれるより小さい領域であってもよい。 As described above in connection with the individual transmission information, the area is, for example, the coverage of the base station 100 (that is, the cell 10). Note that the area may be a smaller area included in the coverage.
 例えば、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームが、D2D通信の用途ごとに予め定められる。この場合に、上記個別検出情報は、例えば、端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途を示す情報である。これにより、個別検出情報から、当該個別検出情報を送信した端末装置200がどの無線フレームで上記検出処理を行うかが分かるようになる。 For example, a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal is predetermined for each use of D2D communication. In this case, the said individual detection information is information which shows the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200, for example. Thereby, it can be understood from the individual detection information in which radio frame the terminal device 200 that has transmitted the individual detection information performs the detection process.
 なお、上記個別検出情報は、端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途を示す情報に限られず、別の情報であってもよい。例えば、上記個別検出情報は、端末装置200による上記検出処理の周期を示す情報であってもよい。これにより、個別検出情報から、当該個別検出情報を送信した端末装置200がどのような周期で上記検出処理を行うかが分かるようになり、その結果、上記該個別検出情報を送信した端末装置200がどの無線フレームで上記検出処理を行うかが分かるようになる。 The individual detection information is not limited to information indicating the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200, and may be other information. For example, the individual detection information may be information indicating the period of the detection process performed by the terminal device 200. As a result, it becomes possible to know from what individual detection information the terminal device 200 that has transmitted the individual detection information performs the detection process, and as a result, the terminal device 200 that has transmitted the individual detection information. It can be understood in which radio frame the detection processing is performed.
 (基地局100:通信制御部153)
 -集約送信情報の送信に関する制御
 とりわけ第4の変形例では、通信制御部153は、上記個別送信情報を提供する1つ以上の端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する集約送信情報の送信を制御する。
(Base station 100: communication control unit 153)
-Control related to transmission of aggregated transmission information In particular, in the fourth modification, the communication control unit 153 performs aggregation related to a radio frame for transmitting one or more terminal devices 200 that provide the individual transmission information to transmit a discovery signal. Control transmission of transmission information.
 上記集約送信情報は、例えば、上記1つ以上の端末装置200により提供される個別送信情報により示される情報を集約することにより成される。そして、生成される上記集約送信情報が、通信制御部153の制御に応じて、上記領域内の端末装置200へ送信される。 The aggregate transmission information is formed by aggregating information indicated by the individual transmission information provided by the one or more terminal devices 200, for example. Then, the generated aggregate transmission information is transmitted to the terminal device 200 in the area under the control of the communication control unit 153.
 例えば、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームが、D2D通信の用途ごとに予め定められる。この場合に、例えば、上記集約送信情報は、上記1つ以上の端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途を示す情報である。これにより、集約送信情報から、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置200がどの無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信するかが分かるようになる。 For example, a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal is predetermined for each use of D2D communication. In this case, for example, the aggregate transmission information is information indicating the use of D2D communication for the one or more terminal devices 200. Thereby, it can be understood from the aggregated transmission information in which radio frame one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area transmit the discovery signal.
 なお、上記集約送信情報は、端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途を示す情報に限られず、別の情報であってもよい。例えば、上記集約送信情報は、領域内の1つ以上の端末装置200によるディスカバリ信号の送信の周期を示す情報であってもよい。これにより、集約送信情報から、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置200がどのような周期でディスカバリ信号を送信するかが分かるようになり、その結果、領域内の1つ以上の端末装置200がどの無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信するかが分かるようになる。 Note that the aggregate transmission information is not limited to information indicating the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200, and may be other information. For example, the aggregate transmission information may be information indicating a discovery signal transmission cycle by one or more terminal devices 200 in the region. As a result, it becomes possible to know in what cycle one or more terminal devices 200 located in the region transmit the discovery signal from the aggregate transmission information, and as a result, one or more terminal devices in the region. It becomes possible to know which radio frame 200 transmits the discovery signal.
 -集約検出情報の送信に関する制御
 また、とりわけ第4の変形例では、通信制御部153は、上記個別検出情報を提供する1つ以上の端末装置200が上記検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する集約検出情報の送信を制御する。
-Control related to transmission of aggregated detection information In particular, in the fourth modified example, the communication control unit 153 relates to a radio frame for one or more terminal devices 200 providing the individual detection information to perform the detection process. Control transmission of aggregated detection information.
 上記集約検出情報は、例えば、上記1つ以上の端末装置200により提供される個別検出情報により示される情報を集約することにより生成される。そして、生成される上記集約検出信情報が、通信制御部153の制御に応じて、上記領域内の端末装置200へ送信される。 The aggregate detection information is generated by, for example, aggregating information indicated by the individual detection information provided by the one or more terminal devices 200. Then, the generated aggregated detection signal information is transmitted to the terminal device 200 in the area under the control of the communication control unit 153.
 例えば、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームが、D2D通信の用途ごとに予め定められる。この場合に、例えば、上記集約検出情報は、上記1つ以上の端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途を示す情報である。これにより、集約検出情報から、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置200がどの無線フレームで上記検出処理を行うかが分かるようになる。 For example, a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal is predetermined for each use of D2D communication. In this case, for example, the aggregate detection information is information indicating the use of D2D communication for the one or more terminal devices 200. As a result, from the aggregate detection information, it is possible to know in which radio frame the one or more terminal devices 200 located in the region perform the detection process.
 なお、上記集約検出情報は、端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途を示す情報に限られず、別の情報であってもよい。例えば、上記集約検出情報は、領域内の1つ以上の端末装置200による上記検出処理の周期を示す情報であってもよい。これにより、集約検出情報から、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置200がどのような周期で上記検出処理を行うかが分かるようになり、その結果、領域内の1つ以上の端末装置200がどの無線フレームで上記検出処理を行うかが分かるようになる。 The aggregate detection information is not limited to information indicating the use of D2D communication for the terminal device 200, and may be other information. For example, the aggregate detection information may be information indicating the period of the detection process performed by one or more terminal devices 200 in the area. As a result, it becomes possible to know in what cycle one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area perform the detection process from the aggregated detection information, and as a result, one or more terminal devices in the area. It becomes possible to know which radio frame 200 performs the above detection process.
 (端末装置200:情報取得部261)
 -個別送信情報
 とりわけ第4の実施形態では、例えば、情報取得部261は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する個別送信情報を取得する。例えば、上記個別送信情報は、記憶部230に予め記憶されている。そして、情報取得部261は、記憶部230から上記個別送信情報を取得する。
(Terminal device 200: information acquisition unit 261)
—Individual Transmission Information In particular, in the fourth embodiment, for example, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires individual transmission information related to a radio frame for the terminal device 200 to transmit a discovery signal. For example, the individual transmission information is stored in advance in the storage unit 230. Then, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires the individual transmission information from the storage unit 230.
 -個別検出情報
 また、とりわけ第4の実施形態では、例えば、情報取得部261は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する個別検出情報を取得する。例えば、上記個別検出情報は、記憶部230に予め記憶されている。そして、情報取得部261は、記憶部230から上記個別検出情報を取得する。
—Individual Detection Information In particular, in the fourth embodiment, for example, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires individual detection information related to a radio frame for performing detection processing for the terminal device 200 to detect a discovery signal. . For example, the individual detection information is stored in advance in the storage unit 230. Then, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires the individual detection information from the storage unit 230.
 -集約送信情報
 また、とりわけ第4の実施形態では、例えば、情報取得部261は、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する集約送信情報を取得する。例えば、上記集約送信情報は、基地局100により送信され、端末装置200により受信される。そして、情報取得部261は、受信される上記集約送信情報を取得する。
-Aggregated Transmission Information In addition, particularly in the fourth embodiment, for example, the information acquisition unit 261 includes the aggregated transmission information related to a radio frame for transmitting one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area to transmit a discovery signal. To get. For example, the aggregate transmission information is transmitted by the base station 100 and received by the terminal device 200. Then, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires the received aggregate transmission information.
 -集約検出情報
 また、とりわけ第4の実施形態では、例えば、情報取得部261は、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置200が上記検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する集約検出情報を取得する。例えば、上記集約検出情報は、基地局100により送信され、端末装置200により受信される。そして、情報取得部261は、受信される上記集約検出情報を取得する。
-Aggregation Detection Information Further, particularly in the fourth embodiment, for example, the information acquisition unit 261 includes the aggregation detection information related to a radio frame for one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area to perform the detection process. To get. For example, the aggregate detection information is transmitted by the base station 100 and received by the terminal device 200. Then, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires the received aggregate detection information.
 (端末装置200:通信制御部263)
 -ディスカバリの送信に関する制御
  --個別送信情報の送信
 とりわけ第4の実施形態では、例えば、通信制御部263は、上記個別送信情報の基地局100への送信を制御する。
(Terminal device 200: communication control unit 263)
—Control Regarding Transmission of Discovery——Transmission of Individual Transmission Information Particularly in the fourth embodiment, for example, the communication control unit 263 controls transmission of the individual transmission information to the base station 100.
 例えば、通信制御部263は、端末装置200に割り当てられたアップリンクの無線リソースに、上記個別送信情報を含む情報の信号をマッピングする。これにより、上記個別送信情報は、基地局100に送信される。 For example, the communication control unit 263 maps the information signal including the individual transmission information to the uplink radio resource allocated to the terminal device 200. Thereby, the individual transmission information is transmitted to the base station 100.
  --集約検出情報に基づくディスカバリ信号の送信
 とりわけ第4の実施形態では、例えば、通信制御部263は、上記集約検出情報に基づいて、ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する。
--Transmission of Discovery Signal Based on Aggregation Detection Information Particularly in the fourth embodiment, for example, the communication control unit 263 controls the transmission of the discovery signal based on the aggregation detection information.
 例えば、通信制御部263は、上記集約検出情報から、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置200がどの無線フレームで上記検出処理を行うかを知る。そして、通信制御部263は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームのうちの、上記1つ以上の端末装置200が上記検出処理を行うための無線フレームを、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を実際に送信する無線フレームとして設定する。その後、端末装置200は、設定された上記無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信し、他の無線フレームではディスカバリ信号を送信しない。 For example, the communication control unit 263 knows in which radio frame the one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area perform the detection process from the aggregated detection information. Then, the communication control unit 263 allows the terminal device 200 to discover a radio frame for the one or more terminal devices 200 to perform the detection process, out of the radio frames for the terminal device 200 to transmit the discovery signal. The signal is set as a radio frame for actually transmitting. Thereafter, the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal in the set radio frame and does not transmit a discovery signal in other radio frames.
 一例として、端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途が、第1の用途(例えば、衝突警報)及び第2の用途(例えば、火災警報)を含む。そして、集約検出情報は、上記1つ以上の端末装置200のいずれにとってのD2D通信の用途も上記第1の用途を含まず、上記1つ以上の端末装置200のいずれかにとってのD2D通信の用途が上記第2の用途を含むことを示す。この場合に、通信制御部263は、用途が第2の用途であるD2D通信のためのディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームを、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を実際に送信する無線フレームとして設定する。その後、端末装置200は、設定された無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信する。即ち、端末装置200は、第2の用途に対応する無線フレームではディスカバリ信号を送信し、他の無線フレーム(例えば、第2の用途に対応せず第1の用途に対応する無線フレームなど)ではディスカバリ信号を送信しない。 As an example, the application of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 includes a first application (for example, a collision alarm) and a second application (for example, a fire alarm). The aggregated detection information does not include the first application for the use of D2D communication for any of the one or more terminal devices 200, and the use of the D2D communication for any of the one or more terminal devices 200. Includes the second application. In this case, the communication control unit 263 sets a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal for D2D communication whose usage is the second usage as a radio frame for the terminal device 200 to actually transmit the discovery signal. . Thereafter, the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal using the set radio frame. That is, the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal in a radio frame corresponding to the second application, and in another radio frame (for example, a radio frame corresponding to the first application without corresponding to the second application). Do not send discovery signals.
 -ディスカバリ信号の検出に関する制御
  --個別検出情報の送信
 とりわけ第4の実施形態では、例えば、通信制御部263は、上記個別検出情報の基地局100への送信を制御する。
—Control Regarding Detection of Discovery Signal——Transmission of Individual Detection Information Particularly in the fourth embodiment, for example, the communication control unit 263 controls transmission of the individual detection information to the base station 100.
 例えば、通信制御部263は、端末装置200に割り当てられたアップリンクの無線リソースに、上記個別検出情報を含む情報の信号をマッピングする。これにより、上記個別検出情報は、基地局100に送信される。 For example, the communication control unit 263 maps the information signal including the individual detection information to the uplink radio resource allocated to the terminal device 200. As a result, the individual detection information is transmitted to the base station 100.
  --集約送信情報に基づくディスカバリ信号の検出
 とりわけ第4の実施形態では、例えば、通信制御部263は、上記集約送信情報に基づいて、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を制御する。
--Detection of Discovery Signal Based on Aggregated Transmission Information Particularly in the fourth embodiment, for example, the communication control unit 263 controls a detection process for detecting a discovery signal based on the aggregate transmission information.
 例えば、通信制御部263は、上記集約送信情報から、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置200がどの無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信するかを知る。そして、通信制御部263は、端末装置200が上記検出処理を行うための無線フレームのうちの、上記1つ以上の端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームを、端末装置200が実際に上記検出処理を行う無線フレームとして設定する。その後、端末装置200は、設定された上記無線フレームで上記検出処理を行い、他の無線フレームでは上記検出処理を行わない。 For example, the communication control unit 263 knows in which radio frame the one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area transmit the discovery signal from the aggregate transmission information. Then, the communication control unit 263 indicates that, among the radio frames for the terminal device 200 to perform the detection process, the terminal device 200 actually transmits a radio frame for the one or more terminal devices 200 to transmit a discovery signal. Is set as a radio frame for performing the detection process. After that, the terminal device 200 performs the detection process with the set radio frame, and does not perform the detection process with another radio frame.
 一例として、端末装置200にとってのD2D通信の用途が、第1の用途(例えば、衝突警報)及び第2の用途(例えば、火災警報)を含む。そして、集約送信情報は、上記1つ以上の端末装置200のいずれにとってのD2D通信の用途も上記第1の用途を含まず、上記1つ以上の端末装置200のいずれかにとってのD2D通信の用途が上記第2の用途を含むことを示す。この場合に、通信制御部263は、用途が第2の用途であるD2D通信のためのディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームを、端末装置200が実際に上記検出処理を行う無線フレームとして設定する。その後、端末装置200は、設定された無線フレームで上記検出処理を行う。即ち、端末装置200は、第2の用途に対応する無線フレームでは上記検出処理を行い、他の無線フレーム(例えば、第2の用途に対応せず第1の用途に対応する無線フレームなど)では上記検出処理を行わない。 As an example, the application of D2D communication for the terminal device 200 includes a first application (for example, a collision alarm) and a second application (for example, a fire alarm). The aggregate transmission information does not include the first application for the use of D2D communication for any of the one or more terminal apparatuses 200, and the use of the D2D communication for any of the one or more terminal apparatuses 200. Includes the second application. In this case, the communication control unit 263 sets a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal for D2D communication whose usage is the second usage as a radio frame on which the terminal device 200 actually performs the detection process. . Thereafter, the terminal device 200 performs the detection process with the set radio frame. That is, the terminal device 200 performs the above detection process for a radio frame corresponding to the second application, and for other radio frames (for example, a radio frame corresponding to the first application without corresponding to the second application). The above detection process is not performed.
 (処理の流れ)
 図19は、本開示の実施形態の第4の変形例に係る通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すシーケンス図である。
(Process flow)
FIG. 19 is a sequence diagram illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a communication control process according to the fourth modification example of the embodiment of the present disclosure.
 端末装置200は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する個別送信情報、及び、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する個別検出情報を、基地局100へ送信する(S701)。そして、基地局100は、当該個別検出情報を取得する。 The terminal device 200 includes individual transmission information related to a radio frame for the terminal device 200 to transmit a discovery signal, and an individual transmission related to a radio frame for the detection processing for the terminal device 200 to detect a discovery signal. The detection information is transmitted to the base station 100 (S701). Then, the base station 100 acquires the individual detection information.
 そして、基地局100は、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置200により送信された個別送信情報に基づいて、上記1つ以上の端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する集約送信情報を生成する(S703)。また、地局100は、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置200により送信された個別検出情報に基づいて、上記1つ以上の端末装置200が上記検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する集約検出情報を生成する(S705)。そして、基地局100は、上記集約送信情報及び上記集約検出情報を端末装置200へ送信する(S707)。 Then, the base station 100 relates to a radio frame for the one or more terminal devices 200 to transmit a discovery signal based on the individual transmission information transmitted by the one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area. The aggregate transmission information to be generated is generated (S703). Further, the ground station 100 relates to a radio frame for the one or more terminal devices 200 to perform the detection process based on the individual detection information transmitted by the one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area. The aggregate detection information to be generated is generated (S705). Then, the base station 100 transmits the aggregate transmission information and the aggregate detection information to the terminal device 200 (S707).
 その後、端末装置200は、集約送信情報に基づいて、端末装置200が実際に上記検出処理を行う無線フレームを設定する(S709)。その後、端末装置200は、設定された無線フレームで上記検出処理を行う。また、端末装置200は、集約検出情報に基づいて、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を実際に送信する無線フレームを設定する(S711)。その後、端末装置200は、設定された無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信する。 After that, the terminal device 200 sets a radio frame on which the terminal device 200 actually performs the detection process based on the aggregate transmission information (S709). Thereafter, the terminal device 200 performs the detection process with the set radio frame. Also, the terminal device 200 sets a radio frame that the terminal device 200 actually transmits a discovery signal based on the aggregated detection information (S711). Thereafter, the terminal device 200 transmits a discovery signal using the set radio frame.
 <5.5.第5の変形例>
 続いて、図20~図22を参照して、本開示の実施形態の第5の変形例を説明する。
<5.5. Fifth Modification>
Subsequently, a fifth modification example of the embodiment of the present disclosure will be described with reference to FIGS. 20 to 22.
 (概略)
 第5の変形例では、端末装置200は、端末装置200のモードが接続モードである場合に、第1の頻度で、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行い、端末装置200のモードがアイドルモードである場合に、上記第1の頻度よりも低い第2の頻度で上記検出処理を行う。
(Outline)
In the fifth modified example, when the mode of the terminal device 200 is the connection mode, the terminal device 200 performs detection processing for detecting the discovery signal at the first frequency, and the mode of the terminal device 200 is idle. In the case of the mode, the detection process is performed at a second frequency lower than the first frequency.
 これにより、例えば、アイドルモードにおける端末装置200にとっての負荷を抑えることが可能になる。具体的には、例えば、アイドルモードでは、端末装置200による上記検出処理の頻度が低くなるので、端末装置200の消費電力を抑えることが可能になる。 Thereby, for example, it is possible to reduce the load on the terminal device 200 in the idle mode. Specifically, for example, in the idle mode, the frequency of the detection process by the terminal device 200 is reduced, so that the power consumption of the terminal device 200 can be suppressed.
 (端末装置200:通信制御部263)
 とりわけ第5の変形例では、通信制御部263は、端末装置200のモードが接続モードである場合に、第1の頻度で、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理が行われるように、上記検出処理を制御する。また、通信制御部263は、端末装置200のモードがアイドルモードである場合に、上記第1の頻度よりも低い第2の頻度で上記検出処理が行われるように、上記検出処理を制御する。例えば、上記接続モードは、RRC(Radio Resource Control)モードであり、上記アイドルモードは、RRCアイドルモードである。以下、図20を参照して、接続モード及びアイドルモードにおける検出処理の頻度の具体例を説明する。
(Terminal device 200: communication control unit 263)
In particular, in the fifth modification, the communication control unit 263 performs the detection so that the detection process for detecting the discovery signal is performed at the first frequency when the mode of the terminal device 200 is the connection mode. Control processing. Moreover, the communication control part 263 controls the said detection process so that the said detection process may be performed with the 2nd frequency lower than the said 1st frequency, when the mode of the terminal device 200 is an idle mode. For example, the connection mode is an RRC (Radio Resource Control) mode, and the idle mode is an RRC idle mode. Hereinafter, a specific example of the frequency of the detection process in the connection mode and the idle mode will be described with reference to FIG.
 図20は、接続モード及びアイドルモードにおける検出処理の頻度の例を説明するための説明図である。図20を参照すると、端末装置200は、端末装置200のモードが接続モードである場合に、接続モード用の周期51で、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行う。接続モード用の周期51は、例えば、100msである。一方、端末装置200は、端末装置200のモードがアイドルモードである場合に、アイドルモード用の周期53で、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行う。アイドルモード用の周期53は、周期51よりも長く、例えば、300msである。このように、端末装置200のモードがアイドルモードであるケースでは、端末装置200のモードが接続モードであるケースと比べて、上記検出処理の頻度が低い。 FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an example of the frequency of detection processing in the connection mode and the idle mode. Referring to FIG. 20, when the mode of the terminal device 200 is the connection mode, the terminal device 200 performs a detection process for detecting a discovery signal at the connection mode cycle 51. The cycle 51 for the connection mode is, for example, 100 ms. On the other hand, when the mode of the terminal device 200 is the idle mode, the terminal device 200 performs a detection process for detecting the discovery signal in the cycle 53 for the idle mode. The cycle 53 for idle mode is longer than the cycle 51, for example, 300 ms. Thus, in the case where the mode of the terminal device 200 is the idle mode, the frequency of the detection process is lower than in the case where the mode of the terminal device 200 is the connection mode.
 なお、通信制御部263は、上記モードがアイドルモードである場合に、端末装置200が基地局100のカバレッジ内に位置すれば、第3の頻度で上記検出処理が行われ、端末装置200が上記カバレッジ外に位置すれば、第3の頻度よりも低い第4の頻度で上記検出処理が行われるように、上記検出処理を制御してもよい。以下、この点について図21を参照して具体例を説明する。 Note that the communication control unit 263 performs the detection process at the third frequency when the terminal device 200 is located within the coverage of the base station 100 when the mode is the idle mode, and the terminal device 200 If it is located outside the coverage, the detection process may be controlled such that the detection process is performed at a fourth frequency lower than the third frequency. Hereinafter, a specific example of this point will be described with reference to FIG.
 図21は、カバレッジ内での検出処理及びカバレッジ内での検出処理の頻度の例を説明するための説明図である。図21を参照すると、端末装置200は、端末装置200のモードが接続モードである場合に、接続モード用の周期51で、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行う。上述したように、接続モード用の周期51は、例えば、100msである。また、端末装置200は、端末装置200のモードがアイドルモードである場合に、端末装置200が基地局100のカバレッジ内に位置すれば、アイドルモード用の第1の周期55で上記検出処理を行う。アイドルモード用の第1の周期55は、接続モード用の周期51よりも長く、例えば、300msである。また、端末装置200は、端末装置200のモードがアイドルモードである場合に、端末装置200が基地局100のカバレッジ外に位置すれば、アイドルモード用の第2の周期57で上記検出処理を行う。アイドルモード用の第2の周期57は、アイドルモード用の第1の周期55よりも長く、例えば、600msである。端末装置200のモードがアイドルモードである場合に、端末装置200が基地局100のカバレッジ外に位置するケースでは、端末装置200が基地局100のカバレッジ内に位置するケースよりも、上記検出処理の頻度が低い。 FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an example of the detection process in the coverage and the frequency of the detection process in the coverage. Referring to FIG. 21, when the mode of the terminal device 200 is the connection mode, the terminal device 200 performs a detection process for detecting a discovery signal in the connection mode cycle 51. As described above, the period 51 for the connection mode is, for example, 100 ms. Further, when the terminal device 200 is in the idle mode and the terminal device 200 is located within the coverage of the base station 100, the terminal device 200 performs the above detection process in the first period 55 for the idle mode. . The first period 55 for the idle mode is longer than the period 51 for the connection mode, for example, 300 ms. Further, when the terminal device 200 is in the idle mode and the terminal device 200 is located outside the coverage of the base station 100, the terminal device 200 performs the detection process in the second cycle 57 for the idle mode. . The second period 57 for the idle mode is longer than the first period 55 for the idle mode, for example, 600 ms. When the mode of the terminal device 200 is the idle mode, in the case where the terminal device 200 is located outside the coverage of the base station 100, the detection process is performed more than in the case where the terminal device 200 is located within the coverage of the base station 100. Infrequent.
 これにより、例えば、基地局100のカバレッジ外に位置する端末装置200にとっての負荷をさらに抑えることが可能になる。具体的には、例えば、端末装置200が基地局100のカバレッジ外に位置する場合には、端末装置200による上記検出処理の頻度が特に低くなるので、基地局100のカバレッジ外に位置する端末装置200の消費電力を抑えることが可能になる。基地局100のカバレッジ外では、端末装置200の数も少ないので、ディスカバリ信号が送信される可能性がより低い。そのため、上述したようにカバレッジ外では上記検出処理の頻度を低くすることが有効である。 Thereby, for example, it is possible to further reduce the load on the terminal device 200 located outside the coverage of the base station 100. Specifically, for example, when the terminal device 200 is located outside the coverage of the base station 100, the frequency of the detection processing by the terminal device 200 is particularly low, so the terminal device located outside the coverage of the base station 100 The power consumption of 200 can be suppressed. Outside the coverage of the base station 100, since the number of terminal devices 200 is small, the possibility that a discovery signal is transmitted is lower. Therefore, as described above, it is effective to reduce the frequency of the detection process outside the coverage.
 (処理の流れ)
 図22は、本開示の実施形態の第5の変形例に係る端末装置側の通信制御処理の概略的な流れの一例を示すフローチャートである。当該通信制御処理は、モードがアイドルモードである端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行う場合に行われる処理である。
(Process flow)
FIG. 22 is a flowchart illustrating an example of a schematic flow of a communication control process on the terminal device side according to the fifth modification example of the embodiment of the present disclosure. The communication control process is a process performed when the terminal device 200 whose mode is the idle mode performs a detection process for detecting a discovery signal.
 無線フレームが、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームであり(S651:Yes)、且つ、アイドルモード用の周期が到来する場合に(S653:Yes)、端末装置200は、通信制御部263による制御に応じて、上記無線フレームで送信される信号に対して、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行う(S655)。そして、システムフレーム番号がインクリメントされ(S657)、処理は繰り返される。 When the radio frame is a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal (S651: Yes) and the period for the idle mode arrives (S653: Yes), the terminal device 200 is controlled by the communication control unit 263. Accordingly, a detection process for detecting a discovery signal is performed on the signal transmitted in the radio frame (S655). Then, the system frame number is incremented (S657), and the process is repeated.
 一方、無線フレームが、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームではない場合(S651:No)、又は、アイドルモード用の周期が到来しない場合に(S653:No)、上記無線フレームで送信される信号に対して上記検出処理は行われない。そして、システムフレーム番号がインクリメントされ(S657)、処理は繰り返される。 On the other hand, when the radio frame is not a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal (S651: No), or when the period for the idle mode does not arrive (S653: No), the signal transmitted in the radio frame However, the above detection process is not performed. Then, the system frame number is incremented (S657), and the process is repeated.
 <<6.応用例>>
 本開示に係る技術は、様々な製品へ応用可能である。例えば、基地局100は、マクロeNB又はスモールeNBなどのいずれかの種類のeNB(evolved Node B)として実現されてもよい。スモールeNBは、ピコeNB、マイクロeNB又はホーム(フェムト)eNBなどの、マクロセルよりも小さいセルをカバーするeNBであってよい。その代わりに、基地局100は、NodeB又はBTS(Base Transceiver Station)などの他の種類の基地局として実現されてもよい。基地局100は、無線通信を制御する本体(基地局装置ともいう)と、本体とは別の場所に配置される1つ以上のRRH(Remote Radio Head)とを含んでもよい。また、後述する様々な種類の端末が一時的に又は半永続的に基地局機能を実行することにより、基地局100として動作してもよい。
<< 6. Application example >>
The technology according to the present disclosure can be applied to various products. For example, the base station 100 may be realized as any type of eNB (evolved Node B) such as a macro eNB or a small eNB. The small eNB may be an eNB that covers a cell smaller than a macro cell, such as a pico eNB, a micro eNB, or a home (femto) eNB. Instead, the base station 100 may be realized as another type of base station such as a NodeB or a BTS (Base Transceiver Station). Base station 100 may include a main body (also referred to as a base station apparatus) that controls radio communication, and one or more RRHs (Remote Radio Heads) that are arranged at locations different from the main body. Further, various types of terminals described later may operate as the base station 100 by temporarily or semi-permanently executing the base station function.
 また、例えば、端末装置200は、スマートフォン、タブレットPC(Personal Computer)、ノートPC、携帯型ゲーム端末、携帯型/ドングル型のモバイルルータ若しくはデジタルカメラなどのモバイル端末、又はカーナビゲーション装置などの車載端末として実現されてもよい。また、端末装置200は、M2M(Machine To Machine)通信を行う端末(MTC(Machine Type Communication)端末ともいう)として実現されてもよい。さらに、端末装置200は、これら端末に搭載される無線通信モジュール(例えば、1つのダイで構成される集積回路モジュール)であってもよい。 Further, for example, the terminal device 200 is a smartphone, a tablet PC (Personal Computer), a notebook PC, a portable game terminal, a mobile terminal such as a portable / dongle type mobile router or a digital camera, or an in-vehicle terminal such as a car navigation device. It may be realized as. The terminal device 200 may be realized as a terminal (also referred to as an MTC (Machine Type Communication) terminal) that performs M2M (Machine To Machine) communication. Further, the terminal device 200 may be a wireless communication module (for example, an integrated circuit module configured by one die) mounted on these terminals.
 <6.1.基地局に関する応用例>
 (第1の応用例)
 図23は、本開示に係る技術が適用され得るeNBの概略的な構成の第1の例を示すブロック図である。eNB800は、1つ以上のアンテナ810、及び基地局装置820を有する。各アンテナ810及び基地局装置820は、RFケーブルを介して互いに接続され得る。
<6.1. Application examples for base stations>
(First application example)
FIG. 23 is a block diagram illustrating a first example of a schematic configuration of an eNB to which the technology according to the present disclosure may be applied. The eNB 800 includes one or more antennas 810 and a base station device 820. Each antenna 810 and the base station apparatus 820 can be connected to each other via an RF cable.
 アンテナ810の各々は、単一の又は複数のアンテナ素子(例えば、MIMOアンテナを構成する複数のアンテナ素子)を有し、基地局装置820による無線信号の送受信のために使用される。eNB800は、図23に示したように複数のアンテナ810を有し、複数のアンテナ810は、例えばeNB800が使用する複数の周波数帯域にそれぞれ対応してもよい。なお、図23にはeNB800が複数のアンテナ810を有する例を示したが、eNB800は単一のアンテナ810を有してもよい。 Each of the antennas 810 has a single or a plurality of antenna elements (for example, a plurality of antenna elements constituting a MIMO antenna), and is used for transmission and reception of radio signals by the base station apparatus 820. The eNB 800 includes a plurality of antennas 810 as illustrated in FIG. 23, and the plurality of antennas 810 may respectively correspond to a plurality of frequency bands used by the eNB 800, for example. 23 shows an example in which the eNB 800 includes a plurality of antennas 810, the eNB 800 may include a single antenna 810.
 基地局装置820は、コントローラ821、メモリ822、ネットワークインタフェース823及び無線通信インタフェース825を備える。 The base station apparatus 820 includes a controller 821, a memory 822, a network interface 823, and a wireless communication interface 825.
 コントローラ821は、例えばCPU又はDSPであってよく、基地局装置820の上位レイヤの様々な機能を動作させる。例えば、コントローラ821は、無線通信インタフェース825により処理された信号内のデータからデータパケットを生成し、生成したパケットをネットワークインタフェース823を介して転送する。コントローラ821は、複数のベースバンドプロセッサからのデータをバンドリングすることによりバンドルドパケットを生成し、生成したバンドルドパケットを転送してもよい。また、コントローラ821は、無線リソース管理(Radio Resource Control)、無線ベアラ制御(Radio Bearer Control)、移動性管理(Mobility Management)、流入制御(Admission Control)又はスケジューリング(Scheduling)などの制御を実行する論理的な機能を有してもよい。また、当該制御は、周辺のeNB又はコアネットワークノードと連携して実行されてもよい。メモリ822は、RAM及びROMを含み、コントローラ821により実行されるプログラム、及び様々な制御データ(例えば、端末リスト、送信電力データ及びスケジューリングデータなど)を記憶する。 The controller 821 may be a CPU or a DSP, for example, and operates various functions of the upper layer of the base station apparatus 820. For example, the controller 821 generates a data packet from the data in the signal processed by the wireless communication interface 825, and transfers the generated packet via the network interface 823. The controller 821 may generate a bundled packet by bundling data from a plurality of baseband processors, and may transfer the generated bundled packet. In addition, the controller 821 is a logic that executes control such as radio resource control, radio bearer control, mobility management, inflow control, or scheduling. May have a typical function. Moreover, the said control may be performed in cooperation with a surrounding eNB or a core network node. The memory 822 includes RAM and ROM, and stores programs executed by the controller 821 and various control data (for example, terminal list, transmission power data, scheduling data, and the like).
 ネットワークインタフェース823は、基地局装置820をコアネットワーク824に接続するための通信インタフェースである。コントローラ821は、ネットワークインタフェース823を介して、コアネットワークノード又は他のeNBと通信してもよい。その場合に、eNB800と、コアネットワークノード又は他のeNBとは、論理的なインタフェース(例えば、S1インタフェース又はX2インタフェース)により互いに接続されてもよい。ネットワークインタフェース823は、有線通信インタフェースであってもよく、又は無線バックホールのための無線通信インタフェースであってもよい。ネットワークインタフェース823が無線通信インタフェースである場合、ネットワークインタフェース823は、無線通信インタフェース825により使用される周波数帯域よりもより高い周波数帯域を無線通信に使用してもよい。 The network interface 823 is a communication interface for connecting the base station device 820 to the core network 824. The controller 821 may communicate with the core network node or other eNB via the network interface 823. In that case, the eNB 800 and the core network node or another eNB may be connected to each other by a logical interface (for example, an S1 interface or an X2 interface). The network interface 823 may be a wired communication interface or a wireless communication interface for wireless backhaul. When the network interface 823 is a wireless communication interface, the network interface 823 may use a frequency band higher than the frequency band used by the wireless communication interface 825 for wireless communication.
 無線通信インタフェース825は、LTE(Long Term Evolution)又はLTE-Advancedなどのいずれかのセルラー通信方式をサポートし、アンテナ810を介して、eNB800のセル内に位置する端末に無線接続を提供する。無線通信インタフェース825は、典型的には、ベースバンド(BB)プロセッサ826及びRF回路827などを含み得る。BBプロセッサ826は、例えば、符号化/復号、変調/復調及び多重化/逆多重化などを行なってよく、各レイヤ(例えば、L1、MAC(Medium Access Control)、RLC(Radio Link Control)及びPDCP(Packet Data Convergence Protocol))の様々な信号処理を実行する。BBプロセッサ826は、コントローラ821の代わりに、上述した論理的な機能の一部又は全部を有してもよい。BBプロセッサ826は、通信制御プログラムを記憶するメモリ、当該プログラムを実行するプロセッサ及び関連する回路を含むモジュールであってもよく、BBプロセッサ826の機能は、上記プログラムのアップデートにより変更可能であってもよい。また、上記モジュールは、基地局装置820のスロットに挿入されるカード若しくはブレードであってもよく、又は上記カード若しくは上記ブレードに搭載されるチップであってもよい。一方、RF回路827は、ミキサ、フィルタ及びアンプなどを含んでもよく、アンテナ810を介して無線信号を送受信する。 The wireless communication interface 825 supports any cellular communication scheme such as LTE (Long Term Evolution) or LTE-Advanced, and provides a wireless connection to terminals located in the cell of the eNB 800 via the antenna 810. The wireless communication interface 825 may typically include a baseband (BB) processor 826, an RF circuit 827, and the like. The BB processor 826 may perform, for example, encoding / decoding, modulation / demodulation, and multiplexing / demultiplexing, and each layer (for example, L1, MAC (Medium Access Control), RLC (Radio Link Control), and PDCP). Various signal processing of (Packet Data Convergence Protocol) is executed. The BB processor 826 may have some or all of the logical functions described above instead of the controller 821. The BB processor 826 may be a module that includes a memory that stores a communication control program, a processor that executes the program, and related circuits. The function of the BB processor 826 may be changed by updating the program. Good. Further, the module may be a card or a blade inserted into a slot of the base station apparatus 820, or a chip mounted on the card or the blade. On the other hand, the RF circuit 827 may include a mixer, a filter, an amplifier, and the like, and transmits and receives a radio signal via the antenna 810.
 無線通信インタフェース825は、図23に示したように複数のBBプロセッサ826を含み、複数のBBプロセッサ826は、例えばeNB800が使用する複数の周波数帯域にそれぞれ対応してもよい。また、無線通信インタフェース825は、図23に示したように複数のRF回路827を含み、複数のRF回路827は、例えば複数のアンテナ素子にそれぞれ対応してもよい。なお、図23には無線通信インタフェース825が複数のBBプロセッサ826及び複数のRF回路827を含む例を示したが、無線通信インタフェース825は単一のBBプロセッサ826又は単一のRF回路827を含んでもよい。 The wireless communication interface 825 includes a plurality of BB processors 826 as illustrated in FIG. 23, and the plurality of BB processors 826 may respectively correspond to a plurality of frequency bands used by the eNB 800, for example. Further, the wireless communication interface 825 includes a plurality of RF circuits 827 as shown in FIG. 23, and the plurality of RF circuits 827 may respectively correspond to a plurality of antenna elements, for example. 23 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 825 includes a plurality of BB processors 826 and a plurality of RF circuits 827, the wireless communication interface 825 includes a single BB processor 826 or a single RF circuit 827. But you can.
 (第2の応用例)
 図24は、本開示に係る技術が適用され得るeNBの概略的な構成の第2の例を示すブロック図である。eNB830は、1つ以上のアンテナ840、基地局装置850、及びRRH860を有する。各アンテナ840及びRRH860は、RFケーブルを介して互いに接続され得る。また、基地局装置850及びRRH860は、光ファイバケーブルなどの高速回線で互いに接続され得る。
(Second application example)
FIG. 24 is a block diagram illustrating a second example of a schematic configuration of an eNB to which the technology according to the present disclosure may be applied. The eNB 830 includes one or more antennas 840, a base station apparatus 850, and an RRH 860. Each antenna 840 and RRH 860 may be connected to each other via an RF cable. Base station apparatus 850 and RRH 860 can be connected to each other via a high-speed line such as an optical fiber cable.
 アンテナ840の各々は、単一の又は複数のアンテナ素子(例えば、MIMOアンテナを構成する複数のアンテナ素子)を有し、RRH860による無線信号の送受信のために使用される。eNB830は、図24に示したように複数のアンテナ840を有し、複数のアンテナ840は、例えばeNB830が使用する複数の周波数帯域にそれぞれ対応してもよい。なお、図24にはeNB830が複数のアンテナ840を有する例を示したが、eNB830は単一のアンテナ840を有してもよい。 Each of the antennas 840 has a single or a plurality of antenna elements (for example, a plurality of antenna elements constituting a MIMO antenna), and is used for transmission / reception of radio signals by the RRH 860. The eNB 830 includes a plurality of antennas 840 as illustrated in FIG. 24, and the plurality of antennas 840 may respectively correspond to a plurality of frequency bands used by the eNB 830, for example. 24 shows an example in which the eNB 830 has a plurality of antennas 840, but the eNB 830 may have a single antenna 840.
 基地局装置850は、コントローラ851、メモリ852、ネットワークインタフェース853、無線通信インタフェース855及び接続インタフェース857を備える。コントローラ851、メモリ852及びネットワークインタフェース853は、図23を参照して説明したコントローラ821、メモリ822及びネットワークインタフェース823と同様のものである。 The base station device 850 includes a controller 851, a memory 852, a network interface 853, a wireless communication interface 855, and a connection interface 857. The controller 851, the memory 852, and the network interface 853 are the same as the controller 821, the memory 822, and the network interface 823 described with reference to FIG.
 無線通信インタフェース855は、LTE又はLTE-Advancedなどのいずれかのセルラー通信方式をサポートし、RRH860及びアンテナ840を介して、RRH860に対応するセクタ内に位置する端末に無線接続を提供する。無線通信インタフェース855は、典型的には、BBプロセッサ856などを含み得る。BBプロセッサ856は、接続インタフェース857を介してRRH860のRF回路864と接続されることを除き、図23を参照して説明したBBプロセッサ826と同様のものである。無線通信インタフェース855は、図24に示したように複数のBBプロセッサ856を含み、複数のBBプロセッサ856は、例えばeNB830が使用する複数の周波数帯域にそれぞれ対応してもよい。なお、図24には無線通信インタフェース855が複数のBBプロセッサ856を含む例を示したが、無線通信インタフェース855は単一のBBプロセッサ856を含んでもよい。 The wireless communication interface 855 supports a cellular communication method such as LTE or LTE-Advanced, and provides a wireless connection to a terminal located in a sector corresponding to the RRH 860 via the RRH 860 and the antenna 840. The wireless communication interface 855 may typically include a BB processor 856 and the like. The BB processor 856 is the same as the BB processor 826 described with reference to FIG. 23 except that the BB processor 856 is connected to the RF circuit 864 of the RRH 860 via the connection interface 857. The wireless communication interface 855 includes a plurality of BB processors 856 as illustrated in FIG. 24, and the plurality of BB processors 856 may respectively correspond to a plurality of frequency bands used by the eNB 830, for example. 24 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 855 includes a plurality of BB processors 856, the wireless communication interface 855 may include a single BB processor 856.
 接続インタフェース857は、基地局装置850(無線通信インタフェース855)をRRH860と接続するためのインタフェースである。接続インタフェース857は、基地局装置850(無線通信インタフェース855)とRRH860とを接続する上記高速回線での通信のための通信モジュールであってもよい。 The connection interface 857 is an interface for connecting the base station device 850 (wireless communication interface 855) to the RRH 860. The connection interface 857 may be a communication module for communication on the high-speed line that connects the base station apparatus 850 (wireless communication interface 855) and the RRH 860.
 また、RRH860は、接続インタフェース861及び無線通信インタフェース863を備える。 In addition, the RRH 860 includes a connection interface 861 and a wireless communication interface 863.
 接続インタフェース861は、RRH860(無線通信インタフェース863)を基地局装置850と接続するためのインタフェースである。接続インタフェース861は、上記高速回線での通信のための通信モジュールであってもよい。 The connection interface 861 is an interface for connecting the RRH 860 (wireless communication interface 863) to the base station device 850. The connection interface 861 may be a communication module for communication on the high-speed line.
 無線通信インタフェース863は、アンテナ840を介して無線信号を送受信する。無線通信インタフェース863は、典型的には、RF回路864などを含み得る。RF回路864は、ミキサ、フィルタ及びアンプなどを含んでもよく、アンテナ840を介して無線信号を送受信する。無線通信インタフェース863は、図24に示したように複数のRF回路864を含み、複数のRF回路864は、例えば複数のアンテナ素子にそれぞれ対応してもよい。なお、図24には無線通信インタフェース863が複数のRF回路864を含む例を示したが、無線通信インタフェース863は単一のRF回路864を含んでもよい。 The wireless communication interface 863 transmits and receives wireless signals via the antenna 840. The wireless communication interface 863 may typically include an RF circuit 864 and the like. The RF circuit 864 may include a mixer, a filter, an amplifier, and the like, and transmits and receives wireless signals via the antenna 840. The wireless communication interface 863 includes a plurality of RF circuits 864 as illustrated in FIG. 24, and the plurality of RF circuits 864 may correspond to, for example, a plurality of antenna elements, respectively. 24 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 863 includes a plurality of RF circuits 864, the wireless communication interface 863 may include a single RF circuit 864.
 図23及び図24に示したeNB800及びeNB830において、図3を用いて説明した情報取得部151及び通信制御部153は、無線通信インタフェース825並びに無線通信インタフェース855及び/又は無線通信インタフェース863において実装されてもよい。また、これら機能の少なくとも一部は、コントローラ821及びコントローラ851において実装されてもよい。 In the eNB 800 and the eNB 830 illustrated in FIGS. 23 and 24, the information acquisition unit 151 and the communication control unit 153 described with reference to FIG. 3 are implemented in the wireless communication interface 825, the wireless communication interface 855, and / or the wireless communication interface 863. May be. Further, at least a part of these functions may be implemented in the controller 821 and the controller 851.
 <6.2.端末装置に関する応用例>
 (第1の応用例)
 図25は、本開示に係る技術が適用され得るスマートフォン900の概略的な構成の一例を示すブロック図である。スマートフォン900は、プロセッサ901、メモリ902、ストレージ903、外部接続インタフェース904、カメラ906、センサ907、マイクロフォン908、入力デバイス909、表示デバイス910、スピーカ911、無線通信インタフェース912、1つ以上のアンテナスイッチ915、1つ以上のアンテナ916、バス917、バッテリー918及び補助コントローラ919を備える。
<6.2. Application examples related to terminal devices>
(First application example)
FIG. 25 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a schematic configuration of a smartphone 900 to which the technology according to the present disclosure can be applied. The smartphone 900 includes a processor 901, a memory 902, a storage 903, an external connection interface 904, a camera 906, a sensor 907, a microphone 908, an input device 909, a display device 910, a speaker 911, a wireless communication interface 912, one or more antenna switches 915. One or more antennas 916, a bus 917, a battery 918 and an auxiliary controller 919 are provided.
 プロセッサ901は、例えばCPU又はSoC(System on Chip)であってよく、スマートフォン900のアプリケーションレイヤ及びその他のレイヤの機能を制御する。メモリ902は、RAM及びROMを含み、プロセッサ901により実行されるプログラム及びデータを記憶する。ストレージ903は、半導体メモリ又はハードディスクなどの記憶媒体を含み得る。外部接続インタフェース904は、メモリーカード又はUSB(Universal Serial Bus)デバイスなどの外付けデバイスをスマートフォン900へ接続するためのインタフェースである。 The processor 901 may be, for example, a CPU or a SoC (System on Chip), and controls the functions of the application layer and other layers of the smartphone 900. The memory 902 includes a RAM and a ROM, and stores programs executed by the processor 901 and data. The storage 903 can include a storage medium such as a semiconductor memory or a hard disk. The external connection interface 904 is an interface for connecting an external device such as a memory card or a USB (Universal Serial Bus) device to the smartphone 900.
 カメラ906は、例えば、CCD(Charge Coupled Device)又はCMOS(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor)などの撮像素子を有し、撮像画像を生成する。センサ907は、例えば、測位センサ、ジャイロセンサ、地磁気センサ及び加速度センサなどのセンサ群を含み得る。マイクロフォン908は、スマートフォン900へ入力される音声を音声信号へ変換する。入力デバイス909は、例えば、表示デバイス910の画面上へのタッチを検出するタッチセンサ、キーパッド、キーボード、ボタン又はスイッチなどを含み、ユーザからの操作又は情報入力を受け付ける。表示デバイス910は、液晶ディスプレイ(LCD)又は有機発光ダイオード(OLED)ディスプレイなどの画面を有し、スマートフォン900の出力画像を表示する。スピーカ911は、スマートフォン900から出力される音声信号を音声に変換する。 The camera 906 includes, for example, an image sensor such as a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or a CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor), and generates a captured image. The sensor 907 may include a sensor group such as a positioning sensor, a gyro sensor, a geomagnetic sensor, and an acceleration sensor. The microphone 908 converts sound input to the smartphone 900 into an audio signal. The input device 909 includes, for example, a touch sensor that detects a touch on the screen of the display device 910, a keypad, a keyboard, a button, or a switch, and receives an operation or information input from a user. The display device 910 has a screen such as a liquid crystal display (LCD) or an organic light emitting diode (OLED) display, and displays an output image of the smartphone 900. The speaker 911 converts an audio signal output from the smartphone 900 into audio.
 無線通信インタフェース912は、LTE又はLTE-Advancedなどのいずれかのセルラー通信方式をサポートし、無線通信を実行する。無線通信インタフェース912は、典型的には、BBプロセッサ913及びRF回路914などを含み得る。BBプロセッサ913は、例えば、符号化/復号、変調/復調及び多重化/逆多重化などを行なってよく、無線通信のための様々な信号処理を実行する。一方、RF回路914は、ミキサ、フィルタ及びアンプなどを含んでもよく、アンテナ916を介して無線信号を送受信する。無線通信インタフェース912は、BBプロセッサ913及びRF回路914を集積したワンチップのモジュールであってもよい。無線通信インタフェース912は、図25に示したように複数のBBプロセッサ913及び複数のRF回路914を含んでもよい。なお、図25には無線通信インタフェース912が複数のBBプロセッサ913及び複数のRF回路914を含む例を示したが、無線通信インタフェース912は単一のBBプロセッサ913又は単一のRF回路914を含んでもよい。 The wireless communication interface 912 supports any cellular communication method such as LTE or LTE-Advanced, and performs wireless communication. The wireless communication interface 912 may typically include a BB processor 913, an RF circuit 914, and the like. The BB processor 913 may perform, for example, encoding / decoding, modulation / demodulation, and multiplexing / demultiplexing, and performs various signal processing for wireless communication. On the other hand, the RF circuit 914 may include a mixer, a filter, an amplifier, and the like, and transmits and receives radio signals via the antenna 916. The wireless communication interface 912 may be a one-chip module in which the BB processor 913 and the RF circuit 914 are integrated. The wireless communication interface 912 may include a plurality of BB processors 913 and a plurality of RF circuits 914 as illustrated in FIG. FIG. 25 illustrates an example in which the wireless communication interface 912 includes a plurality of BB processors 913 and a plurality of RF circuits 914. However, the wireless communication interface 912 includes a single BB processor 913 or a single RF circuit 914. But you can.
 さらに、無線通信インタフェース912は、セルラー通信方式に加えて、近距離無線通信方式、近接無線通信方式又は無線LAN(Local Area Network)方式などの他の種類の無線通信方式をサポートしてもよく、その場合に、無線通信方式ごとのBBプロセッサ913及びRF回路914を含んでもよい。 Furthermore, the wireless communication interface 912 may support other types of wireless communication methods such as a short-range wireless communication method, a proximity wireless communication method, or a wireless LAN (Local Area Network) method in addition to the cellular communication method. In that case, a BB processor 913 and an RF circuit 914 for each wireless communication method may be included.
 アンテナスイッチ915の各々は、無線通信インタフェース912に含まれる複数の回路(例えば、異なる無線通信方式のための回路)の間でアンテナ916の接続先を切り替える。 Each of the antenna switches 915 switches the connection destination of the antenna 916 among a plurality of circuits (for example, circuits for different wireless communication systems) included in the wireless communication interface 912.
 アンテナ916の各々は、単一の又は複数のアンテナ素子(例えば、MIMOアンテナを構成する複数のアンテナ素子)を有し、無線通信インタフェース912による無線信号の送受信のために使用される。スマートフォン900は、図25に示したように複数のアンテナ916を有してもよい。なお、図25にはスマートフォン900が複数のアンテナ916を有する例を示したが、スマートフォン900は単一のアンテナ916を有してもよい。 Each of the antennas 916 includes a single or a plurality of antenna elements (for example, a plurality of antenna elements constituting a MIMO antenna), and is used for transmission / reception of a radio signal by the radio communication interface 912. The smartphone 900 may include a plurality of antennas 916 as illustrated in FIG. Note that although FIG. 25 illustrates an example in which the smartphone 900 includes a plurality of antennas 916, the smartphone 900 may include a single antenna 916.
 さらに、スマートフォン900は、無線通信方式ごとにアンテナ916を備えてもよい。その場合に、アンテナスイッチ915は、スマートフォン900の構成から省略されてもよい。 Furthermore, the smartphone 900 may include an antenna 916 for each wireless communication method. In that case, the antenna switch 915 may be omitted from the configuration of the smartphone 900.
 バス917は、プロセッサ901、メモリ902、ストレージ903、外部接続インタフェース904、カメラ906、センサ907、マイクロフォン908、入力デバイス909、表示デバイス910、スピーカ911、無線通信インタフェース912及び補助コントローラ919を互いに接続する。バッテリー918は、図中に破線で部分的に示した給電ラインを介して、図25に示したスマートフォン900の各ブロックへ電力を供給する。補助コントローラ919は、例えば、スリープモードにおいて、スマートフォン900の必要最低限の機能を動作させる。 The bus 917 connects the processor 901, the memory 902, the storage 903, the external connection interface 904, the camera 906, the sensor 907, the microphone 908, the input device 909, the display device 910, the speaker 911, the wireless communication interface 912, and the auxiliary controller 919 to each other. . The battery 918 supplies power to each block of the smartphone 900 illustrated in FIG. 25 via a power supply line partially illustrated by a broken line in the drawing. For example, the auxiliary controller 919 operates the minimum necessary functions of the smartphone 900 in the sleep mode.
 図25に示したスマートフォン900において、図5を用いて説明した情報取得部261及び通信制御部263は、無線通信インタフェース912において実装されてもよい。また、これら機能の少なくとも一部は、プロセッサ901又は補助コントローラ919において実装されてもよい。 In the smartphone 900 illustrated in FIG. 25, the information acquisition unit 261 and the communication control unit 263 described with reference to FIG. 5 may be implemented in the wireless communication interface 912. In addition, at least a part of these functions may be implemented in the processor 901 or the auxiliary controller 919.
 (第2の応用例)
 図26は、本開示に係る技術が適用され得るカーナビゲーション装置920の概略的な構成の一例を示すブロック図である。カーナビゲーション装置920は、プロセッサ921、メモリ922、GPS(Global Positioning System)モジュール924、センサ925、データインタフェース926、コンテンツプレーヤ927、記憶媒体インタフェース928、入力デバイス929、表示デバイス930、スピーカ931、無線通信インタフェース933、1つ以上のアンテナスイッチ936、1つ以上のアンテナ937及びバッテリー938を備える。
(Second application example)
FIG. 26 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a schematic configuration of a car navigation device 920 to which the technology according to the present disclosure can be applied. The car navigation device 920 includes a processor 921, a memory 922, a GPS (Global Positioning System) module 924, a sensor 925, a data interface 926, a content player 927, a storage medium interface 928, an input device 929, a display device 930, a speaker 931, and wireless communication. The interface 933 includes one or more antenna switches 936, one or more antennas 937, and a battery 938.
 プロセッサ921は、例えばCPU又はSoCであってよく、カーナビゲーション装置920のナビゲーション機能及びその他の機能を制御する。メモリ922は、RAM及びROMを含み、プロセッサ921により実行されるプログラム及びデータを記憶する。 The processor 921 may be a CPU or SoC, for example, and controls the navigation function and other functions of the car navigation device 920. The memory 922 includes RAM and ROM, and stores programs and data executed by the processor 921.
 GPSモジュール924は、GPS衛星から受信されるGPS信号を用いて、カーナビゲーション装置920の位置(例えば、緯度、経度及び高度)を測定する。センサ925は、例えば、ジャイロセンサ、地磁気センサ及び気圧センサなどのセンサ群を含み得る。データインタフェース926は、例えば、図示しない端子を介して車載ネットワーク941に接続され、車速データなどの車両側で生成されるデータを取得する。 The GPS module 924 measures the position (for example, latitude, longitude, and altitude) of the car navigation device 920 using GPS signals received from GPS satellites. The sensor 925 may include a sensor group such as a gyro sensor, a geomagnetic sensor, and an atmospheric pressure sensor. The data interface 926 is connected to the in-vehicle network 941 through a terminal (not shown), for example, and acquires data generated on the vehicle side such as vehicle speed data.
 コンテンツプレーヤ927は、記憶媒体インタフェース928に挿入される記憶媒体(例えば、CD又はDVD)に記憶されているコンテンツを再生する。入力デバイス929は、例えば、表示デバイス930の画面上へのタッチを検出するタッチセンサ、ボタン又はスイッチなどを含み、ユーザからの操作又は情報入力を受け付ける。表示デバイス930は、LCD又はOLEDディスプレイなどの画面を有し、ナビゲーション機能又は再生されるコンテンツの画像を表示する。スピーカ931は、ナビゲーション機能又は再生されるコンテンツの音声を出力する。 The content player 927 reproduces content stored in a storage medium (for example, CD or DVD) inserted into the storage medium interface 928. The input device 929 includes, for example, a touch sensor, a button, or a switch that detects a touch on the screen of the display device 930, and receives an operation or information input from the user. The display device 930 has a screen such as an LCD or an OLED display, and displays a navigation function or an image of content to be reproduced. The speaker 931 outputs the navigation function or the audio of the content to be played back.
 無線通信インタフェース933は、LTE又はLTE-Advancedなどのいずれかのセルラー通信方式をサポートし、無線通信を実行する。無線通信インタフェース933は、典型的には、BBプロセッサ934及びRF回路935などを含み得る。BBプロセッサ934は、例えば、符号化/復号、変調/復調及び多重化/逆多重化などを行なってよく、無線通信のための様々な信号処理を実行する。一方、RF回路935は、ミキサ、フィルタ及びアンプなどを含んでもよく、アンテナ937を介して無線信号を送受信する。無線通信インタフェース933は、BBプロセッサ934及びRF回路935を集積したワンチップのモジュールであってもよい。無線通信インタフェース933は、図26に示したように複数のBBプロセッサ934及び複数のRF回路935を含んでもよい。なお、図26には無線通信インタフェース933が複数のBBプロセッサ934及び複数のRF回路935を含む例を示したが、無線通信インタフェース933は単一のBBプロセッサ934又は単一のRF回路935を含んでもよい。 The wireless communication interface 933 supports any cellular communication method such as LTE or LTE-Advanced, and performs wireless communication. The wireless communication interface 933 may typically include a BB processor 934, an RF circuit 935, and the like. The BB processor 934 may perform, for example, encoding / decoding, modulation / demodulation, and multiplexing / demultiplexing, and performs various signal processing for wireless communication. On the other hand, the RF circuit 935 may include a mixer, a filter, an amplifier, and the like, and transmits and receives a radio signal via the antenna 937. The wireless communication interface 933 may be a one-chip module in which the BB processor 934 and the RF circuit 935 are integrated. The wireless communication interface 933 may include a plurality of BB processors 934 and a plurality of RF circuits 935 as shown in FIG. 26 shows an example in which the wireless communication interface 933 includes a plurality of BB processors 934 and a plurality of RF circuits 935, the wireless communication interface 933 includes a single BB processor 934 or a single RF circuit 935. But you can.
 さらに、無線通信インタフェース933は、セルラー通信方式に加えて、近距離無線通信方式、近接無線通信方式又は無線LAN方式などの他の種類の無線通信方式をサポートしてもよく、その場合に、無線通信方式ごとのBBプロセッサ934及びRF回路935を含んでもよい。 Further, the wireless communication interface 933 may support other types of wireless communication methods such as a short-range wireless communication method, a proximity wireless communication method, or a wireless LAN method in addition to the cellular communication method. A BB processor 934 and an RF circuit 935 may be included for each communication method.
 アンテナスイッチ936の各々は、無線通信インタフェース933に含まれる複数の回路(例えば、異なる無線通信方式のための回路)の間でアンテナ937の接続先を切り替える。 Each of the antenna switches 936 switches the connection destination of the antenna 937 among a plurality of circuits included in the wireless communication interface 933 (for example, circuits for different wireless communication systems).
 アンテナ937の各々は、単一の又は複数のアンテナ素子(例えば、MIMOアンテナを構成する複数のアンテナ素子)を有し、無線通信インタフェース933による無線信号の送受信のために使用される。カーナビゲーション装置920は、図26に示したように複数のアンテナ937を有してもよい。なお、図26にはカーナビゲーション装置920が複数のアンテナ937を有する例を示したが、カーナビゲーション装置920は単一のアンテナ937を有してもよい。 Each of the antennas 937 has a single or a plurality of antenna elements (for example, a plurality of antenna elements constituting a MIMO antenna), and is used for transmission / reception of a radio signal by the radio communication interface 933. The car navigation device 920 may include a plurality of antennas 937 as shown in FIG. FIG. 26 shows an example in which the car navigation apparatus 920 includes a plurality of antennas 937. However, the car navigation apparatus 920 may include a single antenna 937.
 さらに、カーナビゲーション装置920は、無線通信方式ごとにアンテナ937を備えてもよい。その場合に、アンテナスイッチ936は、カーナビゲーション装置920の構成から省略されてもよい。 Furthermore, the car navigation device 920 may include an antenna 937 for each wireless communication method. In that case, the antenna switch 936 may be omitted from the configuration of the car navigation device 920.
 バッテリー938は、図中に破線で部分的に示した給電ラインを介して、図26に示したカーナビゲーション装置920の各ブロックへ電力を供給する。また、バッテリー938は、車両側から給電される電力を蓄積する。 The battery 938 supplies power to each block of the car navigation device 920 shown in FIG. 26 through a power supply line partially shown by broken lines in the drawing. Further, the battery 938 stores electric power supplied from the vehicle side.
 図26に示したカーナビゲーション装置920において、図5を用いて説明した情報取得部261及び通信制御部263は、無線通信インタフェース933において実装されてもよい。また、これら機能の少なくとも一部は、プロセッサ921において実装されてもよい。 In the car navigation apparatus 920 shown in FIG. 26, the information acquisition unit 261 and the communication control unit 263 described with reference to FIG. Further, at least a part of these functions may be implemented in the processor 921.
 また、本開示に係る技術は、上述したカーナビゲーション装置920の1つ以上のブロックと、車載ネットワーク941と、車両側モジュール942とを含む車載システム(又は車両)940として実現されてもよい。車両側モジュール942は、車速、エンジン回転数又は故障情報などの車両側データを生成し、生成したデータを車載ネットワーク941へ出力する。 Also, the technology according to the present disclosure may be realized as an in-vehicle system (or vehicle) 940 including one or more blocks of the car navigation device 920 described above, an in-vehicle network 941, and a vehicle side module 942. The vehicle-side module 942 generates vehicle-side data such as vehicle speed, engine speed, or failure information, and outputs the generated data to the in-vehicle network 941.
 <<7.まとめ>>
 ここまで、図2~図26を参照して、本開示の実施形態に係る通信装置及び各処理を説明した。
<< 7. Summary >>
Up to this point, the communication device and each process according to the embodiment of the present disclosure have been described with reference to FIGS.
 本開示に係る実施形態によれば、端末装置200において、情報取得部261は、情報取得部261は、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得し、通信制御部263は、上記無線フレーム情報に基づいて、ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する。また、端末装置200において、情報取得部261は、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得し、通信制御部263は、上記無線フレーム情報に基づいて、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を制御する。また、例えば、基地局100において、情報取得部151は、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得する。そして、通信制御部153は、上記無線フレーム情報の端末装置200への送信を制御する。 According to the embodiment of the present disclosure, in the terminal device 200, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires the radio frame information indicating the radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal, and the communication control unit 263 The discovery signal transmission is controlled based on the radio frame information. In the terminal device 200, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires radio frame information indicating a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal, and the communication control unit 263 detects the discovery signal based on the radio frame information. Control the detection process. Also, for example, in the base station 100, the information acquisition unit 151 acquires radio frame information indicating a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal. Then, the communication control unit 153 controls transmission of the radio frame information to the terminal device 200.
 これにより、例えば、D2D通信を行う端末装置200にとっての負荷を抑えることが可能になる。 Thereby, for example, it is possible to reduce the load on the terminal device 200 that performs D2D communication.
 具体的には、例えば、端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームで送信される信号に対して、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行えば、ディスカバリ信号を素早く確実に検出することができる。そのため、端末装置200は、上記無線フレーム以外の無線フレームで送信される信号に対して上記検出処理を行わなくてもよい。即ち、端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号の素早く確実な検出のために、高頻度で上記検出処理を行わなくてもよい。したがって、ディスカバリ信号の検出処理に要する負荷が抑えられ得る。 Specifically, for example, if the terminal device 200 performs detection processing for detecting a discovery signal on a signal transmitted in a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal, the terminal device 200 can quickly and reliably detect the discovery signal. can do. Therefore, the terminal device 200 may not perform the detection process on a signal transmitted in a radio frame other than the radio frame. That is, the terminal device 200 does not have to perform the detection process frequently in order to quickly and reliably detect the discovery signal. Therefore, the load required for the discovery signal detection process can be suppressed.
 また、例えば、端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信し、当該無線フレーム以外の無線フレームではディスカバリ信号を送信しなくてもよい。即ち、端末装置200は、他の端末装置200によるディスカバリ信号の素早く確実な検出のために、高頻度でディスカバリ信号を送信しなくてもよい。したがって、ディスカバリ信号の送信に要する負荷が抑えられ得る。 For example, the terminal device 200 may transmit the discovery signal in a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal, and may not transmit the discovery signal in a radio frame other than the radio frame. That is, the terminal device 200 does not need to transmit the discovery signal at a high frequency in order for the other terminal device 200 to quickly and reliably detect the discovery signal. Therefore, the load required for transmitting the discovery signal can be suppressed.
 -第1の変形例
 第1の変形例では、上記無線フレーム情報は、ディスカバリ信号を送信するための複数の無線フレームを示し、上記複数の無線フレームの各々は、2つ以上の意味のうちのいずれか1つの意味に対応する。また、端末装置200において、通信制御部263は、上記複数の無線フレームのうちの通知すべき意味に対応する無線フレームでディスカバリ信号が送信されるように、ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する。また、端末装置200において、通信制御部263は、ディスカバリ信号が検出されると、上記複数の無線フレームのうちの検出されたディスカバリ信号が送信された無線フレームに対応する意味を識別する。
-First Modification In the first modification, the radio frame information indicates a plurality of radio frames for transmitting a discovery signal, and each of the plurality of radio frames has two or more meanings. Corresponds to one of the meanings. In the terminal device 200, the communication control unit 263 controls transmission of the discovery signal so that the discovery signal is transmitted in a radio frame corresponding to the meaning to be notified among the plurality of radio frames. In the terminal device 200, when the discovery signal is detected, the communication control unit 263 identifies the meaning corresponding to the radio frame to which the detected discovery signal is transmitted among the plurality of radio frames.
 これにより、例えば、ディスカバリ信号の送受信のみで、送信側の端末装置200が通知すべき意味を、受信側の端末装置200が識別することが可能になる。そのため、意味の伝達を迅速に行うことが可能になる。より具体的には、例えば、D2D通信において、複数回のトランザクションを経て接続が確立された後に、意味を示すデータが送受信される場合には、意味の伝達に要する時間が長くなる。一方、意味に対応する無線フレームでディスカバリ信号が送受信される場合には、意味の伝達に要する時間が短くなる。そのため、意味の伝達が迅速になる。なお、D2D通信の用途がパブリックセーフティの用途である場合には、緊急性が高いので、このような迅速な意味の伝達が特に有効である。 Thus, for example, the receiving-side terminal device 200 can identify the meaning to be notified by the transmitting-side terminal device 200 only by transmitting and receiving a discovery signal. Therefore, it becomes possible to transmit the meaning quickly. More specifically, for example, in D2D communication, when data indicating meaning is transmitted / received after a connection is established through a plurality of transactions, the time required to transmit the meaning becomes long. On the other hand, when a discovery signal is transmitted and received in a radio frame corresponding to the meaning, the time required for transmitting the meaning is shortened. Therefore, the transmission of meaning becomes quick. In addition, since the urgency is high when the use of D2D communication is a use of public safety, such rapid transmission of meaning is particularly effective.
 -第2の変形例
 第2の変形例では、端末装置200において、通信制御部263は、D2D通信の用途に応じた頻度でディスカバリ信号が送信されるように、ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する。また、端末装置200において、通信制御部263は、D2D通信の用途に応じた頻度で上記検出処理が行われるように、上記検出処理を制御する。
-Second Modification In the second modification, in the terminal device 200, the communication control unit 263 controls the transmission of the discovery signal so that the discovery signal is transmitted at a frequency according to the use of the D2D communication. In the terminal device 200, the communication control unit 263 controls the detection process so that the detection process is performed at a frequency according to the application of D2D communication.
 これにより、例えば、ディスカバリに要する時間の要求を満たしつつ、ディスカバリにおける電力浪費を抑えることが可能になる。 As a result, for example, it is possible to suppress power consumption in discovery while satisfying the time requirement for discovery.
 具体的には、例えば、D2D通信の用途(例えば、衝突警報、火災警報及び盗難警報など)によって、ディスカバリに要する時間の要求は異なり得る。一例として、D2D通信の用途が衝突警報である場合には、ディスカバリに要する時間は、第1の時間以内であることが求められるが、D2D通信の用途が火災警報である場合には、ディスカバリに要する時間は、上記第1の時間よりも長い第2の時間以内であることが求められる。このような場合に、例えば、ディスカバリに要する時間が第1の時間以内になるように、ディスカバリ信号の頻度が定められると、端末装置は、火災警報のためにD2D通信を行うが、衝突警報のためにはD2D通信を行わない場合に、必要以上の高頻度でディスカバリ信号の送信又は検出を行う。その結果、ディスカバリ信号の送信又は検出において電力が浪費され得る。一方、例えば、ディスカバリに要する時間が第2の時間以内になるように、ディスカバリ信号の頻度が定められると、端末装置が、衝突警報のためにD2D通信を行う場合に、不十分な頻度でディスカバリ信号の送信又は検出を行う。その結果、ディスカバリに要する時間の要求が満たされない。そこで、用途に応じた頻度でのディスカバリ信号の送信及び検出処理を行うことにより、ディスカバリに要する時間の要求を満たしつつ、ディスカバリにおける電力浪費を抑えることが可能になる。 Specifically, for example, the time required for discovery may vary depending on the application of D2D communication (for example, a collision alarm, a fire alarm, a burglar alarm, etc.). As an example, when the application of D2D communication is a collision alarm, the time required for discovery is required to be within the first time. However, when the application of D2D communication is a fire alarm, discovery is performed. The time required is required to be within a second time longer than the first time. In such a case, for example, when the frequency of the discovery signal is determined so that the time required for discovery is within the first time, the terminal device performs D2D communication for a fire alarm, Therefore, when D2D communication is not performed, the discovery signal is transmitted or detected more frequently than necessary. As a result, power can be wasted in transmitting or detecting discovery signals. On the other hand, for example, when the frequency of the discovery signal is determined so that the time required for discovery is within the second time, when the terminal device performs D2D communication for a collision warning, discovery is performed with insufficient frequency. Transmit or detect signals. As a result, the time requirement for discovery is not satisfied. Thus, by performing discovery signal transmission and detection processing at a frequency according to the application, it is possible to suppress power consumption in discovery while satisfying the time requirement for discovery.
 -第3の変形例
 第3の変形例では、端末装置200において、通信制御部263は、ディスカバリ信号の送信後に、通知すべき情報が所定の無線リソースで送信されるように、通知すべき上記情報の送信を制御する。また、端末装置200において、通信制御部263は、ディスカバリ信号の検出後に、通知すべき情報をディスカバリ信号の送信後に送信するための所定の無線リソースで受信される情報を取得する。また、例えば、基地局100において、情報取得部151は、通知すべき情報をディスカバリ信号の送信後に送信するための所定の無線リソースを示す無線リソース情報を取得し、通信制御部153は、上記無線リソース情報の端末装置200への送信を制御する。
-Third Modification In the third modification, in the terminal device 200, the communication control unit 263 is configured to notify the information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal so that the information to be notified is transmitted with a predetermined radio resource. Control the transmission of information. Moreover, in the terminal device 200, the communication control part 263 acquires the information received by the predetermined | prescribed radio | wireless resource for transmitting the information which should be notified after transmission of a discovery signal after the detection of a discovery signal. Also, for example, in the base station 100, the information acquisition unit 151 acquires radio resource information indicating a predetermined radio resource for transmitting information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal, and the communication control unit 153 The transmission of the resource information to the terminal device 200 is controlled.
 これにより、例えば、詳細な情報の伝達を迅速に行うことが可能になる。 This makes it possible to quickly transmit detailed information, for example.
 具体的には、例えば、第1の変形例のように、無線フレームがいずれかの1つの意味に対応する場合に、ディスカバリ信号の送受信により迅速な意味の伝達が可能になるが、詳細な情報の伝達は困難である。また、複数回のトランザクションを経て接続が確立された後で詳細な情報を送受信すると、詳細な情報の伝達に要する時間が長くなる。そこで、ディスカバリ信号の後に、通知すべき情報を所定の無線リソースで送受信することにより、詳細な情報の伝達を迅速に行うことが可能になる。 Specifically, for example, when a radio frame corresponds to one of the meanings as in the first modification, it is possible to quickly transmit the meaning by transmitting and receiving a discovery signal. Is difficult to communicate. Further, if detailed information is transmitted / received after a connection is established through a plurality of transactions, the time required for transmitting the detailed information becomes longer. Therefore, by transmitting and receiving information to be notified using a predetermined radio resource after the discovery signal, it becomes possible to quickly transmit detailed information.
 なお、D2D通信の用途がデータオフローディングの用途である場合などには、D2D通信で大量のデータが送受信されるので、接続の確立が有効であるが、D2D通信の用途がパブリックセーフティの用途である場合には緊急性が高いことが多いので、第3の変形例に係る手法が有効である。 Note that when D2D communication is used for data offloading, a large amount of data is transmitted and received by D2D communication, so establishing a connection is effective. However, D2D communication is used for public safety. In some cases, the urgency is often high, so the method according to the third modification is effective.
 -第4の変形例 -Fourth modification
  --個別送信情報及び集約送信情報
 第4の変形例では、基地局100において、例えば、情報取得部151は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する個別送信情報が、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置200の各々により送信されると、当該個別送信情報を取得する。そして、通信制御部153は、上記1つ以上の端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する集約送信情報の送信を制御する。
--- Individual transmission information and aggregated transmission information In the fourth modification example, in the base station 100, for example, the information acquisition unit 151 indicates that the individual transmission information related to the radio frame for the terminal device 200 to transmit the discovery signal is When transmitted by each of one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area, the individual transmission information is acquired. Then, the communication control unit 153 controls transmission of aggregate transmission information related to a radio frame for the one or more terminal devices 200 to transmit a discovery signal.
 また、端末装置200において、情報取得部261は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する個別送信情報を取得し、通信制御部263は、上記個別送信情報の基地局100への送信を制御する。また、端末装置200において、情報取得部261は、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する集約送信情報を取得し、通信制御部263は、上記集約送信情報に基づいて、上記検出処理を制御する。 In the terminal device 200, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires individual transmission information related to a radio frame for the terminal device 200 to transmit a discovery signal, and the communication control unit 263 includes the base station 100 of the individual transmission information. Control transmission to Further, in the terminal device 200, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires aggregate transmission information related to a radio frame for transmitting one or more terminal devices 200 located in the area, and the communication control unit 263 The detection process is controlled based on the aggregate transmission information.
 これにより、例えば、領域内に位置する端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行う場合に、必要十分な無線フレームで当該検出処理を行うことが可能になる。そのため、端末装置200にとっての負荷を抑えることが可能になる。 Thereby, for example, when the terminal device 200 located in the area performs a detection process for detecting a discovery signal, the detection process can be performed with a necessary and sufficient radio frame. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the load on the terminal device 200.
 具体的には、例えば、領域内に位置するいずれの端末装置200も衝突警報のためにディスカバリ信号を送信しない場合には、衝突警報のためにディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームで上記検出処理を行うことは、上記領域内で上記検出処理を行う端末装置200にとって無駄である。そこで、上記集約送信情報を端末装置200に送信することにより、端末装置200は、上記検出処理を行うべき必要十分な無線フレームを識別することが可能になる。そのため、端末装置200にとっての負荷が抑えられ得る。 Specifically, for example, when none of the terminal devices 200 located in the area transmits a discovery signal for a collision warning, the above detection processing is performed with a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal for a collision warning. It is useless for the terminal device 200 that performs the detection process in the region. Therefore, by transmitting the aggregate transmission information to the terminal device 200, the terminal device 200 can identify necessary and sufficient radio frames to be subjected to the detection process. Therefore, the load on the terminal device 200 can be suppressed.
  --個別検出情報及び集約検出情報
 また、第4の変形例では、基地局100において、例えば、情報取得部151は、端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する個別検出情報が、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置200の各々により送信されると、当該個別検出情報を取得する。そして、通信制御部153は、上記1つ以上の端末装置200が上記検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する集約検出情報の送信を制御する。
--Individual detection information and aggregated detection information Further, in the fourth modification example, in the base station 100, for example, the information acquisition unit 151 performs a radio frame for performing detection processing for the terminal device 200 to detect a discovery signal. When the individual detection information related to is transmitted by each of the one or more terminal devices 200 located in the region, the individual detection information is acquired. Then, the communication control unit 153 controls transmission of aggregate detection information related to a radio frame for the one or more terminal devices 200 to perform the detection process.
 また、端末装置200において、情報取得部261は、端末装置200が上記検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する個別検出情報を取得し、通信制御部263は、上記個別検出情報の基地局100への送信を制御する。また、端末装置200において、情報取得部261は、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置200がディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する集約検出情報を取得し、通信制御部263は、上記集約検出情報に基づいて、ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する。 In the terminal device 200, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires individual detection information related to a radio frame for the terminal device 200 to perform the detection process, and the communication control unit 263 includes the base station 100 of the individual detection information. Control transmission to Further, in the terminal device 200, the information acquisition unit 261 acquires aggregated detection information related to a radio frame for performing detection processing for one or more terminal devices 200 located in the region to detect a discovery signal. The communication control unit 263 controls the discovery signal transmission based on the aggregate detection information.
 これにより、例えば、領域内に位置する端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号を送信する場合に、必要十分な無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信することが可能になる。そのため、端末装置200にとっての負荷を抑えることが可能になる。 Thereby, for example, the terminal device 200 located in the area can transmit the discovery signal in a necessary and sufficient radio frame when transmitting the discovery signal. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the load on the terminal device 200.
 具体的には、例えば、領域内に位置するいずれの端末装置200も衝突警報のためにディスカバリ信号を検出しない場合には、衝突警報のためにディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームでディスカバリ信号を送信することは、上記領域内でディスカバリ信号を送信する端末装置200にとって無駄である。そこで、上記集約検出情報を端末装置200に送信することにより、端末装置200は、ディスカバリ信号を送信すべき必要十分な無線フレームを識別することが可能になる。そのため、端末装置200にとっての負荷が抑えられ得る。 Specifically, for example, when none of the terminal devices 200 located in the area detects a discovery signal for collision warning, the discovery signal is transmitted in a radio frame for transmitting the discovery signal for collision warning. The transmission is useless for the terminal device 200 that transmits a discovery signal within the above-described region. Therefore, by transmitting the aggregate detection information to the terminal device 200, the terminal device 200 can identify a necessary and sufficient radio frame to which a discovery signal should be transmitted. Therefore, the load on the terminal device 200 can be suppressed.
 -第5の変形例 -Fifth modification
 第5の変形例では、端末装置200において、通信制御部263は、端末装置200のモードが接続モードである場合に、第1の頻度で上記検出処理が行われ、端末装置200のモードがアイドルモードである場合に、上記第1の頻度よりも低い第2の頻度で上記検出処理が行われるように、上記検出処理を制御する。 In the fifth modification, in the terminal device 200, the communication control unit 263 performs the above detection process at the first frequency when the mode of the terminal device 200 is the connection mode, and the mode of the terminal device 200 is idle. When in the mode, the detection process is controlled so that the detection process is performed at a second frequency lower than the first frequency.
 これにより、例えば、アイドルモードにおける端末装置200にとっての負荷を抑えることが可能になる。具体的には、例えば、アイドルモードでは、端末装置200による上記検出処理の頻度が低くなるので、端末装置200の消費電力を抑えることが可能になる。 Thereby, for example, it is possible to reduce the load on the terminal device 200 in the idle mode. Specifically, for example, in the idle mode, the frequency of the detection process by the terminal device 200 is reduced, so that the power consumption of the terminal device 200 can be suppressed.
 以上、添付図面を参照しながら本開示の好適な実施形態を説明したが、本開示は係る例に限定されないことは言うまでもない。当業者であれば、請求の範囲に記載された範疇内において、各種の変更例又は修正例に想到し得ることは明らかであり、それらについても当然に本開示の技術的範囲に属するものと了解される。 As mentioned above, although preferred embodiment of this indication was described referring an accompanying drawing, it cannot be overemphasized that this indication is not limited to the example concerned. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made within the scope of the claims, and these are of course within the technical scope of the present disclosure. Is done.
 例えば、通信システムがLTE、LTE-Advanced、又はこれらに準ずる通信方式に従ったシステムである例を説明したが、本開示は係る例に限定されない。例えば、通信システムは、別の通信規格に従ったシステムであってもよい。 For example, although the example in which the communication system is a system according to LTE, LTE-Advanced, or a communication method based on these has been described, the present disclosure is not limited to such an example. For example, the communication system may be a system according to another communication standard.
 また、本明細書の通信制御処理における処理ステップは、必ずしもフローチャートに記載された順序に沿って時系列に実行されなくてよい。例えば、通信制御処理における処理ステップは、フローチャートとして記載した順序と異なる順序で実行されても、並列的に実行されてもよい。 Also, the processing steps in the communication control processing of this specification do not necessarily have to be executed in time series in the order described in the flowchart. For example, the processing steps in the communication control process may be executed in an order different from the order described in the flowchart, or may be executed in parallel.
 また、通信制御装置(例えば、基地局に含まれる装置)又は端末装置に内蔵されるCPU、ROM及びRAM等のハードウェアに、上記通信制御装置又は端末装置の各構成と同等の機能を発揮させるためのコンピュータプログラムも作成可能である。また、当該コンピュータプログラムを記憶させた記憶媒体も提供されてもよい。また、当該コンピュータプログラムを記憶するメモリ(例えば、ROM及びRAM)と、当該コンピュータプログラムを実行可能な1つ以上のプロセッサ(例えば、CPU、DSPなど)を備える情報処理装置(例えば、処理回路、チップ)も提供されてもよい。 In addition, hardware such as a CPU, ROM, and RAM incorporated in a communication control device (for example, a device included in a base station) or a terminal device exhibits functions equivalent to the respective configurations of the communication control device or the terminal device. A computer program can be created. A storage medium storing the computer program may also be provided. Further, an information processing apparatus (for example, a processing circuit, a chip) including a memory (for example, ROM and RAM) for storing the computer program and one or more processors (for example, CPU, DSP, etc.) capable of executing the computer program. ) May also be provided.
 また、本明細書に記載された効果は、あくまで説明的又は例示的なものであって限定的ではない。つまり、本開示に係る技術は、上記効果とともに、又は上記効果に代えて、本明細書の記載から当業者には明らかな他の効果を奏しうる。 In addition, the effects described in the present specification are merely illustrative or illustrative, and are not limited. That is, the technology according to the present disclosure can exhibit other effects that are apparent to those skilled in the art from the description of the present specification in addition to or instead of the above effects.
 なお、以下のような構成も本開示の技術的範囲に属する。
(1)
 セルラー通信の単位時間である無線フレームであって、装置間通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号を送信するための前記無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得する取得部と、
 前記無線フレーム情報の端末装置への送信を制御する制御部と、
を備える通信制御装置。
(2)
 前記無線フレーム情報は、前記無線フレームのシステムフレーム番号を示す、前記(1)に記載の通信制御装置。
(3)
 前記無線フレーム情報は、前記ディスカバリ信号を送信するための複数の無線フレームを示し、
 前記複数の無線フレームの各々は、2つ以上の意味のうちのいずれか1つの意味に対応する、
前記(1)又は(2)に記載の通信制御装置。
(4)
 前記無線フレーム情報は、前記複数の無線フレームの各々が前記2つ以上の意味のうちのいずれの意味に対応するかをさらに示す、前記(3)に記載の通信制御装置。
(5)
 前記無線フレーム情報は、装置間通信の用途ごとに、用途に応じた頻度で前記ディスカバリ信号を送信するための複数の無線フレームを示す、前記(1)~4のいずれか1項に記載の通信制御装置。
(6)
 前記無線フレーム情報は、装置間通信の用途ごとに、用途に応じた前記ディスカバリ信号の送信の周期を示す、前記(5)に記載の通信制御装置。
(7)
 前記取得部は、通知すべき情報を前記ディスカバリ信号の送信後に送信するための所定の無線リソースを示す無線リソース情報を取得し、
 前記制御部は、前記無線リソース情報の端末装置への送信を制御する、
前記(1)~(6)のいずれか1項に記載の通信制御装置。
(8)
 前記ディスカバリ信号は、端末装置間で共通の信号系列を有し、
 前記無線リソース情報は、通知すべき前記情報を前記ディスカバリ信号の送信後に送信するための所定の複数の無線リソースを示す、
前記(7)に記載の通信制御装置。
(9)
 前記取得部は、端末装置が前記ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する個別送信情報が、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置の各々により送信されると、当該個別送信情報を取得し、
 前記制御部は、前記1つ以上の端末装置が前記ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する集約送信情報の送信を制御する、
前記(1)~(8)のいずれか1項に記載の通信制御装置。
(10)
 前記個別送信情報は、端末装置にとっての装置間通信の用途を示す情報、又は、端末装置による前記ディスカバリ信号の送信の周期を示す情報である、前記(9)に記載の通信制御装置。
(11)
 前記取得部は、端末装置が前記ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する個別検出情報が、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置の各々により送信されると、当該個別検出情報を取得し、
 前記制御部は、前記1つ以上の端末装置が前記検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する集約検出情報の送信を制御する、
前記(1)~(10)のいずれか1項に記載の通信制御装置。
(12)
 前記個別検出情報は、端末装置にとっての装置間通信の用途を示す情報、又は、端末装置による前記検出処理の周期を示す情報である、前記(11)に記載の通信制御装置。
(13)
 セルラー通信の単位時間である無線フレームであって、装置間通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号を送信するための前記無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得することと、
 前記無線フレーム情報の端末装置への送信をプロセッサにより制御することと、
を含む通信制御方法。
(14)
 セルラー通信の単位時間である無線フレームであって、装置間通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号を送信するための前記無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得する取得部と、
 前記無線フレーム情報に基づいて、前記ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する制御部と、
を備える端末装置。
(15)
 前記無線フレーム情報は、前記ディスカバリ信号を送信するための複数の無線フレームを示し、
 前記複数の無線フレームの各々は、2つ以上の意味のうちのいずれか1つの意味に対応し、
 前記制御部は、前記複数の無線フレームのうちの通知すべき意味に対応する無線フレームで前記ディスカバリ信号が送信されるように、前記ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する、
前記(14)に記載の端末装置。
(16)
 前記制御部は、装置間通信の用途に応じた頻度で前記ディスカバリ信号が送信されるように、前記ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する、前記(14)又は(15)に記載の端末装置。
(17)
 前記制御部は、装置間通信の用途に応じた周期で前記ディスカバリ信号が送信されるように、前記ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する、前記(16)に記載の端末装置。
(18)
 前記制御部は、前記ディスカバリ信号の送信後に、通知すべき情報が所定の無線リソースで送信されるように、通知すべき前記情報の送信を制御する、前記(14)~(17)のいずれか1項に記載の端末装置。
(19)
 前記ディスカバリ信号は、端末装置間で共通の信号系列を有し、
 前記制御部は、前記ディスカバリ信号の送信後に、通知すべき前記情報が所定の複数の無線リソースのうちのいずれかの無線リソースで送信されるように、通知すべき前記情報の送信を制御する、
前記(18)に記載の端末装置。
(20)
 前記制御部は、通知すべき前記情報が送信される無線リソースが、前記ディスカバリ信号の送信のたびに、前記所定の複数の無線リソースのうちのいずれかの無線リソースから、前記所定の複数の無線リソースのうちの別の無線リソースに変わるように、通知すべき前記情報の送信を制御する、前記(19)に記載の端末装置。
(21)
 前記取得部は、前記端末装置が前記ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する個別送信情報を取得し、
 前記制御部は、前記個別送信情報の基地局への送信を制御する、
前記(14)~(20)のいずれか1項に記載の端末装置。
(22)
 前記取得部は、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置が前記ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する集約検出情報を取得し、
 前記制御部は、前記集約検出情報に基づいて、前記ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する、
前記(14)~(21)のいずれか1項に記載の端末装置。
(23)
 前記制御部は、システムフレーム番号を含むシステム情報の送信を制御する、前記(14)~(22)のいずれか1項に記載の端末装置。
(24)
 プログラムを記憶するメモリと、
 前記プログラムを実行可能な1つ以上のプロセッサと、
を備え、
 前記プログラムは、
  セルラー通信の単位時間である無線フレームであって、装置間通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号を送信するための前記無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得することと、
  前記無線フレーム情報に基づいて、前記ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御することと、
 を実行させるためのプログラムである、
情報処理装置。
(25)
 セルラー通信の単位時間である無線フレームであって、装置間通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得する取得部と、
 前記無線フレーム情報に基づいて、前記ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を制御する制御部と、
を備える端末装置。
(26)
 前記無線フレーム情報は、前記ディスカバリ信号を送信するための複数の無線フレームを示し、
 前記複数の無線フレームの各々は、2つ以上の意味のうちのいずれか1つの意味に対応し、
 前記制御部は、前記ディスカバリ信号が検出されると、前記複数の無線フレームのうちの検出された前記ディスカバリ信号が送信された無線フレームに対応する意味を識別する、
前記(25)に記載の端末装置。
(27)
 前記制御部は、装置間通信の用途に応じた頻度で前記検出処理が行われるように、前記検出処理を制御する、前記(25)又は(26)に記載の端末装置。
(28)
 前記制御部は、装置間通信の用途に応じた周期で前記検出処理が行われるように、前記検出処理を制御する、前記(27)に記載の端末装置。
(29)
 前記制御部は、前記ディスカバリ信号の検出後に、通知すべき情報を前記ディスカバリ信号の送信後に送信するための所定の無線リソースで受信される情報を取得する、前記(25)~(28)のいずれか1項に記載の端末装置。
(30)
 前記制御部は、前記ディスカバリ信号の検出後に、通知すべき前記情報を前記ディスカバリ信号の送信後に送信するための所定の複数の無線リソースの各々で受信される情報を取得する、前記(29)に記載の端末装置。
(31)
 前記取得部は、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置が前記ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する集約送信情報を取得し、
 前記制御部は、前記集約送信情報に基づいて、前記検出処理を制御する、
前記(25)~(30)のいずれか1項に記載の端末装置。
(32)
 前記取得部は、前記端末装置が前記検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する個別検出情報を取得し、
 前記制御部は、前記個別検出情報の基地局への送信を制御する、
前記(25)~(31)のいずれか1項に記載の端末装置。
(33)
 前記制御部は、前記端末装置のモードが接続モードである場合に、第1の頻度で前記検出処理が行われ、前記端末装置のモードがアイドルモードである場合に、前記第1の頻度よりも低い第2の頻度で前記検出処理が行われるように、前記検出処理を制御する、前記(25)~(32)のいずれか1項に記載の端末装置。
(34)
 前記制御部は、システムフレーム番号を含むシステム情報の送信を制御する、前記(25)~(33)のいずれか1項に記載の端末装置。
(35)
 プログラムを記憶するメモリと、
 前記プログラムを実行可能な1つ以上のプロセッサと、
を備え、
 前記プログラムは、
  セルラー通信の単位時間である無線フレームであって、装置間通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得することと、
  前記無線フレーム情報に基づいて、前記ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を制御することと、
 を実行させるためのプログラムである、
情報処理装置。
The following configurations also belong to the technical scope of the present disclosure.
(1)
Acquisition of radio frame information indicating the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that is a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication and that allows another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication And
A control unit that controls transmission of the radio frame information to the terminal device;
A communication control device comprising:
(2)
The communication control apparatus according to (1), wherein the radio frame information indicates a system frame number of the radio frame.
(3)
The radio frame information indicates a plurality of radio frames for transmitting the discovery signal,
Each of the plurality of radio frames corresponds to any one of two or more meanings;
The communication control device according to (1) or (2).
(4)
The communication control device according to (3), wherein the radio frame information further indicates which of the two or more meanings corresponds to each of the plurality of radio frames.
(5)
The communication according to any one of (1) to (4), wherein the radio frame information indicates a plurality of radio frames for transmitting the discovery signal at a frequency according to a use for each use of communication between devices. Control device.
(6)
The said wireless frame information is a communication control apparatus as described in said (5) which shows the period of transmission of the said discovery signal according to a use for every use of communication between apparatuses.
(7)
The acquisition unit acquires radio resource information indicating a predetermined radio resource for transmitting information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal,
The control unit controls transmission of the radio resource information to a terminal device;
The communication control apparatus according to any one of (1) to (6).
(8)
The discovery signal has a common signal sequence between terminal devices,
The radio resource information indicates a plurality of predetermined radio resources for transmitting the information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal.
The communication control device according to (7).
(9)
When the individual transmission information related to the radio frame for the terminal device to transmit the discovery signal is transmitted by each of the one or more terminal devices located in the region, the acquisition unit transmits the individual transmission information. Acquired,
The control unit controls transmission of aggregate transmission information related to a radio frame for the one or more terminal devices to transmit the discovery signal;
The communication control apparatus according to any one of (1) to (8).
(10)
The communication control device according to (9), wherein the individual transmission information is information indicating a use of inter-device communication for the terminal device or information indicating a cycle of transmission of the discovery signal by the terminal device.
(11)
The acquisition unit is configured to transmit individual detection information related to a radio frame for performing a detection process for the terminal device to detect the discovery signal by each of one or more terminal devices located in the region. , Get the individual detection information,
The control unit controls transmission of aggregate detection information related to a radio frame for the one or more terminal devices to perform the detection process.
The communication control apparatus according to any one of (1) to (10).
(12)
The said individual detection information is a communication control apparatus as described in said (11) which is the information which shows the use of the communication between apparatuses for a terminal device, or the information which shows the period of the said detection process by a terminal device.
(13)
Obtaining radio frame information indicating a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication, and indicating the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication When,
Controlling transmission of the radio frame information to the terminal device by a processor;
Including a communication control method.
(14)
Acquisition of radio frame information indicating the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that is a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication and that allows another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication And
A control unit that controls transmission of the discovery signal based on the radio frame information;
A terminal device comprising:
(15)
The radio frame information indicates a plurality of radio frames for transmitting the discovery signal,
Each of the plurality of radio frames corresponds to any one of two or more meanings;
The control unit controls transmission of the discovery signal so that the discovery signal is transmitted in a radio frame corresponding to a meaning to be notified among the plurality of radio frames.
The terminal device according to (14).
(16)
The terminal device according to (14) or (15), wherein the control unit controls transmission of the discovery signal so that the discovery signal is transmitted at a frequency according to a purpose of inter-device communication.
(17)
The said control part is a terminal device as described in said (16) which controls transmission of the said discovery signal so that the said discovery signal is transmitted with the period according to the use of communication between apparatuses.
(18)
Any of (14) to (17), wherein the control unit controls transmission of the information to be notified so that the information to be notified is transmitted using a predetermined radio resource after the discovery signal is transmitted. The terminal device according to item 1.
(19)
The discovery signal has a common signal sequence between terminal devices,
The control unit controls transmission of the information to be notified so that the information to be notified is transmitted by any one of a plurality of predetermined radio resources after the discovery signal is transmitted;
The terminal device according to (18).
(20)
The control unit transmits the predetermined plurality of radio resources from any one of the predetermined plurality of radio resources each time the discovery signal is transmitted. The terminal device according to (19), wherein transmission of the information to be notified is controlled so as to change to another radio resource among resources.
(21)
The acquisition unit acquires individual transmission information related to a radio frame for the terminal device to transmit the discovery signal,
The control unit controls transmission of the dedicated transmission information to a base station;
The terminal device according to any one of (14) to (20).
(22)
The acquisition unit acquires aggregated detection information related to a radio frame for performing detection processing for detecting one or more terminal devices located in a region to detect the discovery signal,
The control unit controls transmission of the discovery signal based on the aggregate detection information.
The terminal device according to any one of (14) to (21).
(23)
The terminal device according to any one of (14) to (22), wherein the control unit controls transmission of system information including a system frame number.
(24)
A memory for storing the program;
One or more processors capable of executing the program;
With
The program is
Obtaining radio frame information indicating a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication, and indicating the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication When,
Controlling transmission of the discovery signal based on the radio frame information;
Is a program for executing
Information processing device.
(25)
An acquisition unit for acquiring radio frame information indicating a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that is a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication and that allows another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication When,
A control unit for controlling a detection process for detecting the discovery signal based on the radio frame information;
A terminal device comprising:
(26)
The radio frame information indicates a plurality of radio frames for transmitting the discovery signal,
Each of the plurality of radio frames corresponds to any one of two or more meanings;
When the discovery signal is detected, the control unit identifies a meaning corresponding to a radio frame in which the detected discovery signal is transmitted among the plurality of radio frames.
The terminal device according to (25).
(27)
The said control part is a terminal device as described in said (25) or (26) which controls the said detection process so that the said detection process is performed with the frequency according to the use of communication between apparatuses.
(28)
The said control part is a terminal device as described in said (27) which controls the said detection process so that the said detection process is performed with the period according to the use of communication between apparatuses.
(29)
The control unit acquires information received by a predetermined radio resource for transmitting information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal after detection of the discovery signal, any of (25) to (28) The terminal device according to claim 1.
(30)
The control unit obtains information received by each of a plurality of predetermined radio resources for transmitting the information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal after detection of the discovery signal. The terminal device described.
(31)
The acquisition unit acquires aggregate transmission information related to a radio frame for transmitting one or more terminal devices located in a region to transmit the discovery signal,
The control unit controls the detection process based on the aggregate transmission information.
The terminal device according to any one of (25) to (30).
(32)
The acquisition unit acquires individual detection information related to a radio frame for the terminal device to perform the detection process,
The control unit controls transmission of the individual detection information to a base station;
The terminal device according to any one of (25) to (31).
(33)
The control unit performs the detection process at a first frequency when the mode of the terminal device is a connection mode, and more than the first frequency when the mode of the terminal device is an idle mode. The terminal device according to any one of (25) to (32), wherein the detection process is controlled so that the detection process is performed at a low second frequency.
(34)
The terminal device according to any one of (25) to (33), wherein the control unit controls transmission of system information including a system frame number.
(35)
A memory for storing the program;
One or more processors capable of executing the program;
With
The program is
Acquiring radio frame information indicating a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication and that transmits a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication; ,
Controlling a detection process for detecting the discovery signal based on the radio frame information;
Is a program for executing
Information processing device.
 1    通信システム
 100  基地局
 151  情報取得部
 153  通信制御部
 200  端末装置
 261  情報取得部
 263  通信制御部
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Communication system 100 Base station 151 Information acquisition part 153 Communication control part 200 Terminal device 261 Information acquisition part 263 Communication control part

Claims (35)

  1.  セルラー通信の単位時間である無線フレームであって、装置間通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号を送信するための前記無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得する取得部と、
     前記無線フレーム情報の端末装置への送信を制御する制御部と、
    を備える通信制御装置。
    Acquisition of radio frame information indicating the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that is a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication and that allows another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication And
    A control unit that controls transmission of the radio frame information to the terminal device;
    A communication control device comprising:
  2.  前記無線フレーム情報は、前記無線フレームのシステムフレーム番号を示す、請求項1に記載の通信制御装置。 The communication control device according to claim 1, wherein the radio frame information indicates a system frame number of the radio frame.
  3.  前記無線フレーム情報は、前記ディスカバリ信号を送信するための複数の無線フレームを示し、
     前記複数の無線フレームの各々は、2つ以上の意味のうちのいずれか1つの意味に対応する、
    請求項1に記載の通信制御装置。
    The radio frame information indicates a plurality of radio frames for transmitting the discovery signal,
    Each of the plurality of radio frames corresponds to any one of two or more meanings;
    The communication control apparatus according to claim 1.
  4.  前記無線フレーム情報は、前記複数の無線フレームの各々が前記2つ以上の意味のうちのいずれの意味に対応するかをさらに示す、請求項3に記載の通信制御装置。 The communication control device according to claim 3, wherein the radio frame information further indicates which of the two or more meanings each of the plurality of radio frames corresponds to.
  5.  前記無線フレーム情報は、装置間通信の用途ごとに、用途に応じた頻度で前記ディスカバリ信号を送信するための複数の無線フレームを示す、請求項1に記載の通信制御装置。 The communication control apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the radio frame information indicates a plurality of radio frames for transmitting the discovery signal at a frequency according to a use for each use of communication between apparatuses.
  6.  前記無線フレーム情報は、装置間通信の用途ごとに、用途に応じた前記ディスカバリ信号の送信の周期を示す、請求項5に記載の通信制御装置。 The communication control device according to claim 5, wherein the radio frame information indicates a transmission cycle of the discovery signal corresponding to a use for each use of communication between devices.
  7.  前記取得部は、通知すべき情報を前記ディスカバリ信号の送信後に送信するための所定の無線リソースを示す無線リソース情報を取得し、
     前記制御部は、前記無線リソース情報の端末装置への送信を制御する、
    請求項1に記載の通信制御装置。
    The acquisition unit acquires radio resource information indicating a predetermined radio resource for transmitting information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal,
    The control unit controls transmission of the radio resource information to a terminal device;
    The communication control apparatus according to claim 1.
  8.  前記ディスカバリ信号は、端末装置間で共通の信号系列を有し、
     前記無線リソース情報は、通知すべき前記情報を前記ディスカバリ信号の送信後に送信するための所定の複数の無線リソースを示す、
    請求項7に記載の通信制御装置。
    The discovery signal has a common signal sequence between terminal devices,
    The radio resource information indicates a plurality of predetermined radio resources for transmitting the information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal.
    The communication control apparatus according to claim 7.
  9.  前記取得部は、端末装置が前記ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する個別送信情報が、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置の各々により送信されると、当該個別送信情報を取得し、
     前記制御部は、前記1つ以上の端末装置が前記ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する集約送信情報の送信を制御する、
    請求項1に記載の通信制御装置。
    When the individual transmission information related to the radio frame for the terminal device to transmit the discovery signal is transmitted by each of the one or more terminal devices located in the region, the acquisition unit transmits the individual transmission information. Acquired,
    The control unit controls transmission of aggregate transmission information related to a radio frame for the one or more terminal devices to transmit the discovery signal;
    The communication control apparatus according to claim 1.
  10.  前記個別送信情報は、端末装置にとっての装置間通信の用途を示す情報、又は、端末装置による前記ディスカバリ信号の送信の周期を示す情報である、請求項9に記載の通信制御装置。 The communication control device according to claim 9, wherein the individual transmission information is information indicating a use of inter-device communication for the terminal device or information indicating a cycle of transmission of the discovery signal by the terminal device.
  11.  前記取得部は、端末装置が前記ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する個別検出情報が、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置の各々により送信されると、当該個別検出情報を取得し、
     前記制御部は、前記1つ以上の端末装置が前記検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する集約検出情報の送信を制御する、
    請求項1に記載の通信制御装置。
    The acquisition unit is configured to transmit individual detection information related to a radio frame for performing a detection process for the terminal device to detect the discovery signal by each of one or more terminal devices located in the region. , Get the individual detection information,
    The control unit controls transmission of aggregate detection information related to a radio frame for the one or more terminal devices to perform the detection process.
    The communication control apparatus according to claim 1.
  12.  前記個別検出情報は、端末装置にとっての装置間通信の用途を示す情報、又は、端末装置による前記検出処理の周期を示す情報である、請求項11に記載の通信制御装置。 The communication control device according to claim 11, wherein the individual detection information is information indicating a use of inter-device communication for the terminal device, or information indicating a cycle of the detection processing by the terminal device.
  13.  セルラー通信の単位時間である無線フレームであって、装置間通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号を送信するための前記無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得することと、
     前記無線フレーム情報の端末装置への送信をプロセッサにより制御することと、
    を含む通信制御方法。
    Obtaining radio frame information indicating a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication, and indicating the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication When,
    Controlling transmission of the radio frame information to the terminal device by a processor;
    Including a communication control method.
  14.  セルラー通信の単位時間である無線フレームであって、装置間通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号を送信するための前記無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得する取得部と、
     前記無線フレーム情報に基づいて、前記ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する制御部と、
    を備える端末装置。
    Acquisition of radio frame information indicating the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that is a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication and that allows another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication And
    A control unit that controls transmission of the discovery signal based on the radio frame information;
    A terminal device comprising:
  15.  前記無線フレーム情報は、前記ディスカバリ信号を送信するための複数の無線フレームを示し、
     前記複数の無線フレームの各々は、2つ以上の意味のうちのいずれか1つの意味に対応し、
     前記制御部は、前記複数の無線フレームのうちの通知すべき意味に対応する無線フレームで前記ディスカバリ信号が送信されるように、前記ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する、
    請求項14に記載の端末装置。
    The radio frame information indicates a plurality of radio frames for transmitting the discovery signal,
    Each of the plurality of radio frames corresponds to any one of two or more meanings;
    The control unit controls transmission of the discovery signal so that the discovery signal is transmitted in a radio frame corresponding to a meaning to be notified among the plurality of radio frames.
    The terminal device according to claim 14.
  16.  前記制御部は、装置間通信の用途に応じた頻度で前記ディスカバリ信号が送信されるように、前記ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する、請求項14に記載の端末装置。 The terminal device according to claim 14, wherein the control unit controls transmission of the discovery signal so that the discovery signal is transmitted at a frequency according to a use of communication between devices.
  17.  前記制御部は、装置間通信の用途に応じた周期で前記ディスカバリ信号が送信されるように、前記ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する、請求項16に記載の端末装置。 The terminal device according to claim 16, wherein the control unit controls transmission of the discovery signal so that the discovery signal is transmitted at a period corresponding to a use of communication between devices.
  18.  前記制御部は、前記ディスカバリ信号の送信後に、通知すべき情報が所定の無線リソースで送信されるように、通知すべき前記情報の送信を制御する、請求項14に記載の端末装置。 The terminal apparatus according to claim 14, wherein the control unit controls transmission of the information to be notified so that the information to be notified is transmitted with a predetermined radio resource after the discovery signal is transmitted.
  19.  前記ディスカバリ信号は、端末装置間で共通の信号系列を有し、
     前記制御部は、前記ディスカバリ信号の送信後に、通知すべき前記情報が所定の複数の無線リソースのうちのいずれかの無線リソースで送信されるように、通知すべき前記情報の送信を制御する、
    請求項18に記載の端末装置。
    The discovery signal has a common signal sequence between terminal devices,
    The control unit controls transmission of the information to be notified so that the information to be notified is transmitted by any one of a plurality of predetermined radio resources after the discovery signal is transmitted;
    The terminal device according to claim 18.
  20.  前記制御部は、通知すべき前記情報が送信される無線リソースが、前記ディスカバリ信号の送信のたびに、前記所定の複数の無線リソースのうちのいずれかの無線リソースから、前記所定の複数の無線リソースのうちの別の無線リソースに変わるように、通知すべき前記情報の送信を制御する、請求項19に記載の端末装置。 The control unit transmits the predetermined plurality of radio resources from any one of the predetermined plurality of radio resources each time the discovery signal is transmitted. The terminal device according to claim 19, wherein transmission of the information to be notified is controlled so as to change to another radio resource among resources.
  21.  前記取得部は、前記端末装置が前記ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する個別送信情報を取得し、
     前記制御部は、前記個別送信情報の基地局への送信を制御する、
    請求項14に記載の端末装置。
    The acquisition unit acquires individual transmission information related to a radio frame for the terminal device to transmit the discovery signal,
    The control unit controls transmission of the dedicated transmission information to a base station;
    The terminal device according to claim 14.
  22.  前記取得部は、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置が前記ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する集約検出情報を取得し、
     前記制御部は、前記集約検出情報に基づいて、前記ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御する、
    請求項14に記載の端末装置。
    The acquisition unit acquires aggregated detection information related to a radio frame for performing detection processing for detecting one or more terminal devices located in a region to detect the discovery signal,
    The control unit controls transmission of the discovery signal based on the aggregate detection information.
    The terminal device according to claim 14.
  23.  前記制御部は、システムフレーム番号を含むシステム情報の送信を制御する、請求項14に記載の端末装置。 The terminal device according to claim 14, wherein the control unit controls transmission of system information including a system frame number.
  24.  プログラムを記憶するメモリと、
     前記プログラムを実行可能な1つ以上のプロセッサと、
    を備え、
     前記プログラムは、
      セルラー通信の単位時間である無線フレームであって、装置間通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号を送信するための前記無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得することと、
      前記無線フレーム情報に基づいて、前記ディスカバリ信号の送信を制御することと、
     を実行させるためのプログラムである、
    情報処理装置。
    A memory for storing the program;
    One or more processors capable of executing the program;
    With
    The program is
    Obtaining radio frame information indicating a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication, and indicating the radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication When,
    Controlling transmission of the discovery signal based on the radio frame information;
    Is a program for executing
    Information processing device.
  25.  セルラー通信の単位時間である無線フレームであって、装置間通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得する取得部と、
     前記無線フレーム情報に基づいて、前記ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を制御する制御部と、
    を備える端末装置。
    An acquisition unit for acquiring radio frame information indicating a radio frame for transmitting a discovery signal that is a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication and that allows another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication When,
    A control unit for controlling a detection process for detecting the discovery signal based on the radio frame information;
    A terminal device comprising:
  26.  前記無線フレーム情報は、前記ディスカバリ信号を送信するための複数の無線フレームを示し、
     前記複数の無線フレームの各々は、2つ以上の意味のうちのいずれか1つの意味に対応し、
     前記制御部は、前記ディスカバリ信号が検出されると、前記複数の無線フレームのうちの検出された前記ディスカバリ信号が送信された無線フレームに対応する意味を識別する、
    請求項25に記載の端末装置。
    The radio frame information indicates a plurality of radio frames for transmitting the discovery signal,
    Each of the plurality of radio frames corresponds to any one of two or more meanings;
    When the discovery signal is detected, the control unit identifies a meaning corresponding to a radio frame in which the detected discovery signal is transmitted among the plurality of radio frames.
    The terminal device according to claim 25.
  27.  前記制御部は、装置間通信の用途に応じた頻度で前記検出処理が行われるように、前記検出処理を制御する、請求項25に記載の端末装置。 26. The terminal device according to claim 25, wherein the control unit controls the detection process so that the detection process is performed at a frequency according to a use of inter-device communication.
  28.  前記制御部は、装置間通信の用途に応じた周期で前記検出処理が行われるように、前記検出処理を制御する、請求項27に記載の端末装置。 28. The terminal device according to claim 27, wherein the control unit controls the detection process so that the detection process is performed at a cycle according to a use of communication between devices.
  29.  前記制御部は、前記ディスカバリ信号の検出後に、通知すべき情報を前記ディスカバリ信号の送信後に送信するための所定の無線リソースで受信される情報を取得する、請求項25に記載の端末装置。 The terminal device according to claim 25, wherein the control unit acquires information received by a predetermined radio resource for transmitting information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal after detection of the discovery signal.
  30.  前記制御部は、前記ディスカバリ信号の検出後に、通知すべき前記情報を前記ディスカバリ信号の送信後に送信するための所定の複数の無線リソースの各々で受信される情報を取得する、請求項29に記載の端末装置。 30. The control unit according to claim 29, wherein after the discovery signal is detected, the control unit acquires information received by each of a plurality of predetermined radio resources for transmitting the information to be notified after transmission of the discovery signal. Terminal equipment.
  31.  前記取得部は、領域内に位置する1つ以上の端末装置が前記ディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームに関連する集約送信情報を取得し、
     前記制御部は、前記集約送信情報に基づいて、前記検出処理を制御する、
    請求項25に記載の端末装置。
    The acquisition unit acquires aggregate transmission information related to a radio frame for transmitting one or more terminal devices located in a region to transmit the discovery signal,
    The control unit controls the detection process based on the aggregate transmission information.
    The terminal device according to claim 25.
  32.  前記取得部は、前記端末装置が前記検出処理を行うための無線フレームに関連する個別検出情報を取得し、
     前記制御部は、前記個別検出情報の基地局への送信を制御する、
    請求項25に記載の端末装置。
    The acquisition unit acquires individual detection information related to a radio frame for the terminal device to perform the detection process,
    The control unit controls transmission of the individual detection information to a base station;
    The terminal device according to claim 25.
  33.  前記制御部は、前記端末装置のモードが接続モードである場合に、第1の頻度で前記検出処理が行われ、前記端末装置のモードがアイドルモードである場合に、前記第1の頻度よりも低い第2の頻度で前記検出処理が行われるように、前記検出処理を制御する、請求項25に記載の端末装置。 The control unit performs the detection process at a first frequency when the mode of the terminal device is a connection mode, and more than the first frequency when the mode of the terminal device is an idle mode. The terminal device according to claim 25, wherein the detection process is controlled so that the detection process is performed at a low second frequency.
  34.  前記制御部は、システムフレーム番号を含むシステム情報の送信を制御する、請求項25に記載の端末装置。 The terminal device according to claim 25, wherein the control unit controls transmission of system information including a system frame number.
  35.  プログラムを記憶するメモリと、
     前記プログラムを実行可能な1つ以上のプロセッサと、
    を備え、
     前記プログラムは、
      セルラー通信の単位時間である無線フレームであって、装置間通信を行う装置を他の装置が発見することを可能にするディスカバリ信号を送信するための無線フレームを示す無線フレーム情報を取得することと、
      前記無線フレーム情報に基づいて、前記ディスカバリ信号を検出するための検出処理を制御することと、
     を実行させるためのプログラムである、
    情報処理装置。
    A memory for storing the program;
    One or more processors capable of executing the program;
    With
    The program is
    Acquiring radio frame information indicating a radio frame that is a unit time of cellular communication and that transmits a discovery signal that enables another device to discover a device that performs inter-device communication; ,
    Controlling a detection process for detecting the discovery signal based on the radio frame information;
    Is a program for executing
    Information processing device.
PCT/JP2014/068230 2013-06-26 2014-07-08 Communication control device, communication control method, terminal device, and information processing device WO2015045556A1 (en)

Priority Applications (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA2923387A CA2923387A1 (en) 2013-09-26 2014-07-08 Communication control device, communication control method, terminal device, and information processing device
EP14847105.5A EP3051850B1 (en) 2013-09-26 2014-07-08 Communication control device, communication control method and terminal device for discovery signal transmission or detection
US14/895,262 US10531270B2 (en) 2013-06-26 2014-07-08 Communication control device, communication control method, terminal device, and information processing device
KR1020167005874A KR20160061986A (en) 2013-09-26 2014-07-08 Communication control device, communication control method, terminal device, and information processing device
CN201480051463.9A CN105612770B (en) 2013-09-26 2014-07-08 Communication control unit, communication control method, terminal installation and information processing unit
JP2015538970A JP6503556B2 (en) 2013-09-26 2014-07-08 Communication control device, communication control method, terminal device and information processing device
PH12016500534A PH12016500534B1 (en) 2013-09-26 2016-03-18 Communication control device, communication control method, terminal device, and information processing device
US16/669,545 US20200092705A1 (en) 2013-09-26 2019-10-31 Communication control device, communication control method, terminal device, and information processing device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013-199371 2013-06-26
JP2013199371 2013-09-26

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/895,262 A-371-Of-International US10531270B2 (en) 2013-06-26 2014-07-08 Communication control device, communication control method, terminal device, and information processing device
US16/669,545 Continuation US20200092705A1 (en) 2013-09-26 2019-10-31 Communication control device, communication control method, terminal device, and information processing device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015045556A1 true WO2015045556A1 (en) 2015-04-02

Family

ID=52742714

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/068230 WO2015045556A1 (en) 2013-06-26 2014-07-08 Communication control device, communication control method, terminal device, and information processing device

Country Status (10)

Country Link
US (2) US10531270B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3051850B1 (en)
JP (1) JP6503556B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20160061986A (en)
CN (1) CN105612770B (en)
CA (1) CA2923387A1 (en)
MY (1) MY177499A (en)
PH (1) PH12016500534B1 (en)
TR (1) TR201802980T4 (en)
WO (1) WO2015045556A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016163471A1 (en) * 2015-04-10 2016-10-13 京セラ株式会社 Base station and wireless terminal
WO2019058435A1 (en) * 2017-09-19 2019-03-28 株式会社Nttドコモ User equipment
JP2020530600A (en) * 2017-07-27 2020-10-22 オッポ広東移動通信有限公司Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Methods and terminals for controlling shared devices

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9936368B2 (en) * 2013-10-30 2018-04-03 Blackberry Limited Method and system for discovery of devices in a wireless network with partial coverage
US9992783B2 (en) * 2013-12-20 2018-06-05 Kyocera Corporation Handover of device-to-device (D2D) user equipment (UE) devices using D2D subframes with cell identifiers
EP3422784B1 (en) * 2014-03-21 2020-07-22 Sony Corporation D2d scheduling based on priorities
CN108476088B (en) * 2016-08-12 2021-02-05 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and equipment
JP7242161B2 (en) * 2017-06-14 2023-03-20 ソニーグループ株式会社 COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM
CN109391925A (en) * 2017-08-10 2019-02-26 索尼公司 Electronic equipment and wireless communications method in wireless communication system
USD949214S1 (en) 2019-03-15 2022-04-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Refrigerator
USD949213S1 (en) 2019-03-15 2022-04-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Refrigerator

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009009355A2 (en) * 2007-07-10 2009-01-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Communication of identifiers for peer discovery in a peer-to-peer network
WO2009158652A1 (en) * 2008-06-27 2009-12-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods and apparatus for peer discovery assist
WO2013009992A2 (en) * 2011-07-13 2013-01-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Network-assisted peer discovery with network coding

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8331337B2 (en) * 2008-04-18 2012-12-11 Nec Corporation Session management apparatus, communication system, and session clear-out method
WO2011163088A1 (en) 2010-06-23 2011-12-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Event-triggered peer discovery
US8848700B2 (en) * 2011-09-30 2014-09-30 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Method for device-to-device communication based on cellular telecommunication system
US9191170B2 (en) * 2011-11-03 2015-11-17 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transreceiving reference signal in wireless access system and apparatus for same
KR102014796B1 (en) * 2012-02-10 2019-08-27 엘지전자 주식회사 D2d communication method according to d2d service type as well as d2d application type, and apparatus for same
US9209945B2 (en) * 2012-02-27 2015-12-08 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. System and method for hybrid automatic repeat request timing for device-to-device communication overlaid on a cellular network
JP2014031829A (en) 2012-08-03 2014-02-20 Chugoku Electric Power Co Inc:The Residual lng recovery method
EP2888922B1 (en) * 2012-08-23 2021-12-22 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Performing device-to-device discovery
EP2957113A1 (en) * 2013-02-15 2015-12-23 Nokia Solutions and Networks Oy Facilitating group handover
US9398532B2 (en) * 2013-05-10 2016-07-19 Mediatek Inc. Long paging cycle and paging enhancement for power saving LTE devices
JP6180786B2 (en) 2013-05-17 2017-08-16 株式会社Nttドコモ User apparatus, base station, discovery signal interval adjustment method, and user apparatus control method

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009009355A2 (en) * 2007-07-10 2009-01-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Communication of identifiers for peer discovery in a peer-to-peer network
WO2009158652A1 (en) * 2008-06-27 2009-12-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods and apparatus for peer discovery assist
WO2013009992A2 (en) * 2011-07-13 2013-01-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Network-assisted peer discovery with network coding

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; Feasibility study for Proximity Services (ProSe", 3GPP TR 22.803
"D2D Discovery in LTE", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG1 MEETING #73 R1-132187, 24 May 2013 (2013-05-24), XP050697959 *
See also references of EP3051850A4

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016163471A1 (en) * 2015-04-10 2016-10-13 京セラ株式会社 Base station and wireless terminal
US10433150B2 (en) 2015-04-10 2019-10-01 Kyocera Corporation Communication method, radio terminal, processor and base station
JP2020530600A (en) * 2017-07-27 2020-10-22 オッポ広東移動通信有限公司Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Methods and terminals for controlling shared devices
US11212855B2 (en) 2017-07-27 2021-12-28 Shenzhen Heytap Technology Corp., Ltd. Method and terminal for controlling shared device
JP6999706B2 (en) 2017-07-27 2022-01-19 オッポ広東移動通信有限公司 Methods and terminals for controlling shared devices
WO2019058435A1 (en) * 2017-09-19 2019-03-28 株式会社Nttドコモ User equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
PH12016500534A1 (en) 2016-06-13
EP3051850A1 (en) 2016-08-03
CN105612770A (en) 2016-05-25
TR201802980T4 (en) 2018-03-21
EP3051850B1 (en) 2017-12-06
PH12016500534B1 (en) 2016-06-13
KR20160061986A (en) 2016-06-01
MY177499A (en) 2020-09-16
JPWO2015045556A1 (en) 2017-03-09
JP6503556B2 (en) 2019-04-24
CN105612770B (en) 2019-09-24
US20160192171A1 (en) 2016-06-30
EP3051850A4 (en) 2017-03-08
CA2923387A1 (en) 2015-04-02
US10531270B2 (en) 2020-01-07
US20200092705A1 (en) 2020-03-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6631668B2 (en) Vehicles and terminal devices
US10687304B2 (en) Terminal device, wireless communication device, wireless communication method, and computer program
WO2015045556A1 (en) Communication control device, communication control method, terminal device, and information processing device
JP6311515B2 (en) apparatus
US11317452B2 (en) Device and method
JP6432655B2 (en) COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
JP6194896B2 (en) COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, TERMINAL DEVICE, AND PROGRAM
US10028313B2 (en) Communication control device, communication control method, and terminal device
JP2018102011A (en) Device
US12028830B2 (en) Terminal device, wireless communication device, wireless communication method, and computer program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14847105

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

DPE2 Request for preliminary examination filed before expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed from 20040101)
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015538970

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14895262

Country of ref document: US

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2923387

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 20167005874

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2014847105

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2014847105

Country of ref document: EP